[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025225661A1 - Photosensitive resin composition, and cured relief pattern production method, cured film, and polyimide film production method using photosensitive resin composition - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition, and cured relief pattern production method, cured film, and polyimide film production method using photosensitive resin composition

Info

Publication number
WO2025225661A1
WO2025225661A1 PCT/JP2025/015757 JP2025015757W WO2025225661A1 WO 2025225661 A1 WO2025225661 A1 WO 2025225661A1 JP 2025015757 W JP2025015757 W JP 2025015757W WO 2025225661 A1 WO2025225661 A1 WO 2025225661A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
photosensitive resin
resin composition
group
represented
polyimide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2025/015757
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
美里 風間
真由紀 吉田
澪 黒崎
真一郎 石田
知士 小倉
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Asahi Kasei Corp
Asahi Chemical Industry Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Asahi Kasei Corp
Asahi Chemical Industry Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Asahi Kasei Corp, Asahi Chemical Industry Co Ltd filed Critical Asahi Kasei Corp
Publication of WO2025225661A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025225661A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a method for producing a cured relief pattern using the same, and a method for producing a cured film and a polyimide film.
  • polyimide resins polybenzoxazole resins, phenolic resins, and other resins, which combine excellent heat resistance and electrical and mechanical properties, have been used as insulating materials for electronic components, and for passivation films, surface protection films, and interlayer insulating films for semiconductor devices.
  • those provided in the form of photosensitive resin compositions can easily form heat-resistant relief pattern films by applying the composition, exposing it to light, developing it, and subjecting it to a thermal imidization treatment that involves curing.
  • Such photosensitive resin compositions have the advantage of enabling significant process reductions compared to conventional non-photosensitive materials.
  • Copper is often used for the wiring of semiconductor devices, but in large-area packaging structures, stress caused by differences in the thermal expansion coefficients of different materials can cause peeling between the copper and interlayer insulating material, resulting in a decrease in electrical properties, which can be a particular problem. For this reason, materials used as interlayer insulating films are required to have high adhesion to copper.
  • Patent Document 2 describes the use of purine derivatives to prevent copper discoloration and improve adhesion.
  • semiconductor devices are increasingly being used in automobiles and mobile phones, and high reliability is required of semiconductor devices in these fields, so reliability tests are being conducted in high-temperature, high-humidity environments.
  • Conventional interlayer insulating films may experience the above-mentioned copper migration during reliability tests under high temperature and high humidity (b-HAST: Biased Highly Accelerated Stress Test). Copper migration, particularly in semiconductor devices with fine wiring, can cause short circuits between wiring, preventing the film from fully performing as an insulating film. As copper migration progresses, voids (hereinafter also referred to as "copper voids" in this disclosure) may occur at the interface between the copper wiring and the resin layer. When copper voids occur at the interface between the copper wiring and the resin layer, the adhesion between them may decrease, causing the resin to peel off from the copper, resulting in impaired insulation. On the other hand, resins are sometimes cured at high temperatures to improve copper migration suppression and film properties, but curing conventional interlayer insulating films at high temperatures can sometimes result in a decrease in copper adhesion.
  • one of the objects of the present disclosure is to provide a photosensitive resin composition that achieves high copper adhesion even when cured at high temperatures, exhibits little copper migration in the b-HAST test, i.e., does not short circuit over long periods of time, and has high resolution.
  • Another object is to provide a method for forming a cured relief pattern using the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, and a method for producing a cured film and a polyimide film.
  • a photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) a polyimide precursor and/or a polyimide resin; (B) a heterocyclic compound; and (C) a photopolymerization initiator,
  • the heterocyclic compound (B) is (b1) The following general formula (1): ⁇ wherein R 1 is an organic group, and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group. ⁇ , or (b2) a compound represented by the following general formula (2): ⁇ wherein R3 is an organic group having at least one carbonyl group. ⁇ .
  • the compound (b1) is represented by the following general formula (3): ⁇ wherein R 4 is an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having at least one hydroxyl group or carbonyl group. ⁇ , or a compound represented by the following general formula (4): ⁇ wherein R5 and R6 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having at least one carbonyl group. ⁇
  • the compound (b2) is represented by the following general formula (5): ⁇ In the formula, R7 is an organic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbonyl group. ⁇
  • the photosensitive resin composition contains the polyimide precursor, and the polyimide precursor is represented by the following general formula (6): ⁇ In the formula, X1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y1 is a divalent organic group, n1 is an integer from 2 to 150, and R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or
  • [14] The following steps: (1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13] onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate; (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light; (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern; (4) A method for producing a cured relief pattern, comprising the step of: heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern. [15] The method for producing a cured relief pattern according to [14], wherein the heat treatment in the step (4) is a heat treatment at 170°C or higher and 350°C or lower. [16] A cured film comprising a cured product of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13]. [17] A method for producing a polyimide film, comprising curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13].
  • This disclosure provides a photosensitive resin composition that achieves high copper adhesion through high-temperature curing, exhibits minimal copper migration in the b-HAST test, and has high resolution. It also provides methods for producing cured relief patterns using this photosensitive resin composition, and methods for producing cured films and polyimide films.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure contains (A) a polyimide precursor and/or a polyimide resin, (B) a heterocyclic compound, and (C) a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that the heterocyclic compound (B) is (b1) The following general formula (1): ⁇ wherein R 1 is an organic group, and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group. ⁇ , or (b2) a compound represented by the following general formula (2): ⁇ wherein R3 is an organic group having at least one carbonyl group. ⁇
  • R 1 is an organic group
  • R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R3 is an organic group having at least one carbonyl group.
  • the (A) polyimide precursor is a resin component contained in the photosensitive resin composition and is converted to a polyimide by a thermal cyclization treatment.
  • the structure of the (A) polyimide precursor is not limited as long as it is a resin that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition, but it is preferably not an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the resin used in the (A) polyimide precursor is preferably not alkali-soluble, since this allows for high chemical resistance and a higher copper migration suppression capability to be obtained.
  • the resin skeleton does not contain an acidic group.
  • the (A) polyimide precursor does not contain a fluorine atom. This allows for better suppression of copper migration.
  • the polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (6): ⁇ wherein X1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y1 is a divalent organic group, n1 is an integer of 2 to 150, and R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. ⁇ is preferred.
  • the polyimide precursor represented by the formula (6) is preferably a polyamide having a structure in which Y1 does not have an acidic group such as a carboxylic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group. Furthermore, in the formula (6), X1 preferably does not have an acidic group, except for a carboxyl group present when R9 or R10 is a hydrogen atom. Since the polyimide precursor (A) does not have an acidic group in its structure, it is easy to obtain a polyimide precursor that is not alkali-soluble.
  • R 9 and R 10 preferably contains a photopolymerizable functional group, and is represented by the following general formula (8): ⁇ wherein L 1 , L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 1 represents an integer of 2 to 10. ⁇
  • the proportion of hydrogen atoms in R9 and R10 in general formula (6) is more preferably 10 mol % or less, more preferably 5 mol % or less, and even more preferably 1 mol % or less, based on the total number of moles of R9 and R10. By setting this proportion, it is easy to obtain a polyimide precursor that is not alkali-soluble. Furthermore, the proportion of R9 and R10 in general formula (6) that are monovalent organic groups represented by the above general formula (8) is preferably 70 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or more, and even more preferably 90 mol% or more, based on the total number of moles of R9 and R10 . It is preferable that the proportion of hydrogen atoms and the proportion of organic groups of general formula (8) are within the above ranges from the viewpoints of photosensitive properties and storage stability.
  • n1 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 2 to 150. From the viewpoint of the photosensitivity and mechanical properties of the photosensitive resin composition, n1 is preferably an integer of 3 to 100, and more preferably an integer of 5 to 70.
  • the tetravalent organic group represented by X1 is preferably an organic group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and photosensitive properties, and more preferably an aromatic group in which the -COOR9 group and the -COOR10 group are in the ortho position relative to the -CONH- group, or an alicyclic aliphatic group.
  • tetravalent organic group represented by X1 include organic groups having 6 to 40 carbon atoms and containing an aromatic ring, such as those represented by the following general formula (9): ⁇ wherein R 11 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a monovalent fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, l is an integer selected from 0 to 2, m is an integer selected from 0 to 3, and n is an integer selected from 0 to 4. ⁇ , but is not limited to these.
  • the structure of X 1 may be one type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the X 1 group having the structure represented by the above formula (9) is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and photosensitive properties.
  • the divalent organic group represented by Y1 is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and photosensitive properties, and is, for example, a group represented by the following formula (11): ⁇ wherein R 11 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a monovalent fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, l is an integer of 0 to 4, m is an integer of 0 to 4, and n is an integer selected from 0 to 4. ⁇
  • the structure of Y 1 may be one type or a combination of two or more types.
  • a Y 1 group having a structure represented by the above formula (11) is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and photosensitive properties.
  • the monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms for L1 , L2 , and L3 in the general formula (8) is, for example, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group.
  • L1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L2 and L3 are preferably hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of photosensitivity.
  • m1 is an integer of 2 to 10, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, from the viewpoint of photosensitivity.
  • the polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (13): ⁇ In the formula, R 12 , R 13 , and n 1 are the same as R 9 , R 10 , and n 1 defined in the above formula (6). ⁇ It is preferable that the polyimide precursor has a structural unit represented by the following formula:
  • R 12 and R 13 are more preferably a monovalent organic group represented by the above general formula (8).
  • the polyimide precursor is represented by the following general formula (14): By including X 1 represented by the following formula in the structural unit, chemical resistance is particularly enhanced.
  • the polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (15): ⁇ In the formula, R 14 , R 15 , and n 1 are the same as R 9 , R 10 , and n 1 defined in the above formula (6). ⁇ From the viewpoint of thermal properties, it is preferable that the polyimide precursor has a structural unit represented by the following formula:
  • R 14 and R 15 are more preferably a monovalent organic group represented by the above general formula (8).
  • (A) Polyimide precursor tends to have particularly high resolution when it contains both a structural unit represented by general formula (13) and a structural unit represented by general formula (15).
  • (A) polyimide precursor may contain a copolymer of a structural unit represented by general formula (13) and a structural unit represented by general formula (15), or may be a mixture of a polyimide precursor represented by general formula (13) and a polyimide precursor represented by general formula (15).
  • the polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (16): ⁇ In the formula, R 16 , R 17 , and n 1 are the same as R 9 , R 10 , and n 1 defined in the above formula (6). ⁇ It is preferable that the polyimide precursor has a structural unit represented by the following formula:
  • the polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (17): ⁇ In the formula, R 18 , R 19 , and n 1 are the same as R 9 , R 10 , and n 1 defined in the above formula (6). ⁇ It is preferable that the polyimide precursor (A) contains a structural unit represented by the general formula (17). When the polyimide precursor (A) contains a structural unit represented by the general formula (17), chemical resistance is particularly improved.
  • the polyimide precursor is preferably contained in an amount of 10% to 70% by mass, and more preferably 20% to 65% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition including the solvent.
  • the polyimide precursor (A) is obtained by first reacting the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride containing the tetravalent organic group X1 with a photopolymerizable alcohol having an unsaturated double bond and, optionally, an alcohol having no unsaturated double bond to prepare a partially esterified tetracarboxylic acid (hereinafter also referred to as an acid/ester), and then subjecting the partially esterified tetracarboxylic acid to amide polycondensation with the above-mentioned diamine containing the divalent organic group Y1 .
  • a partially esterified tetracarboxylic acid hereinafter also referred to as an acid/ester
  • tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides containing a tetravalent organic group X1 that are suitable for preparing a polyimide precursor include the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the general formula (9) above, as well as, for example, pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA), benzophenone-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, biphenyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (BPDA), diphenylsulfone-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, diphenylmethane-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-phthalic anhydride)propane, and 2,2-bis(3,4-phthalic anhydride)propane, and 2,2-bis
  • preferred tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA), and biphenyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride
  • ODPA 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride
  • BPDA biphenyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • Examples of alcohols having a photopolymerizable unsaturated double bond that are suitable for use in preparing a polyimide precursor include 2-acryloyloxyethyl alcohol, 1-acryloyloxy-3-propyl alcohol, 2-acrylamidoethyl alcohol, methylol vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-t-butoxypropyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxy-3-cyclopropyl acrylate.
  • Examples include cyclohexyloxypropyl acrylate, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl alcohol, 1-methacryloyloxy-3-propyl alcohol, 2-methacrylamidoethyl alcohol, methylol vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-t-butoxypropyl methacrylate, and 2-hydroxy-3-cyclohexyloxypropyl methacrylate.
  • the above-mentioned photopolymerizable alcohols having an unsaturated double bond can also be partially mixed with alcohols that do not have an unsaturated double bond, such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, t-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, neopentyl alcohol, 1-heptanol, 2-heptanol, 3-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-octanol, 3-octanol, 1-nonanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monomethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and benzyl alcohol.
  • alcohols that do not have an unsaturated double bond such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n
  • the polyimide precursor (A) a non-photosensitive polyimide precursor prepared solely from the above-mentioned alcohols having no unsaturated double bonds may be used in combination with a photosensitive polyimide precursor.
  • the amount of the non-photosensitive polyimide precursor is preferably 200 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive polyimide precursor.
  • the acid/ester compound (typically a solution in a solvent described below) is mixed with an appropriate dehydration condensation agent, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, or N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, under ice cooling to convert the acid/ester compound into a polyacid anhydride, to which a diamine containing a divalent organic group Y1 , dissolved or dispersed in a separate solvent, is added dropwise to carry out amide polycondensation, thereby obtaining the desired polyimide precursor.
  • an appropriate dehydration condensation agent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole
  • the acid moiety of the acid/ester compound can be converted into an acid chloride using thionyl chloride or the like, and then the resulting mixture can be reacted with a diamine compound in the presence of a base such as pyridine to obtain the desired polyimide precursor.
  • the diamines containing the divalent organic group Y1 include those represented by the following general formula (18):
  • Examples of the diamines include those having the structure shown in the following formula: p-phenylenediamine (1,4-phenylenediamine (pPD)), m-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-oxydianiline (ODA), 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'-d
  • Preferred diamines include 4,4'-oxydianiline (ODA), 2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4'-diamine (m-TB), and 1,4-phenylenediamine (pPD). These diamines may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • ODA 4,4'-oxydianiline
  • m-TB 2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4'-diamine
  • pPD 1,4-phenylenediamine
  • any water-absorbing by-products of the dehydrating condensing agent present in the reaction solution are filtered off as needed.
  • a poor solvent such as water, aliphatic lower alcohol, or a mixture thereof is then added to the resulting polymer component to precipitate the polymer component.
  • the polymer is then purified by repeated redissolution and reprecipitation procedures, and the polymer is then vacuum dried to isolate the desired polyimide precursor.
  • the polymer solution may be passed through a column packed with anion and/or cation exchange resin swollen with an appropriate organic solvent to remove ionic impurities.
  • the molecular weight of the (A) polyimide precursor is preferably 8,000 to 150,000, and more preferably 9,000 to 50,000.
  • the molecular weight of the (A) polyimide precursor has a weight average molecular weight of 8,000 or more, the mechanical properties are good, and when the (A) polyimide precursor has a weight average molecular weight of 150,000 or less, the dispersibility in a developer is good and the resolution performance of the relief pattern is good. Tetrahydrofuran and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone are recommended as developing solvents for gel permeation chromatography.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the (A) polyimide precursor is determined from a calibration curve prepared using standard monodisperse polystyrenes. It is recommended that the standard monodisperse polystyrene be selected from the organic solvent-based standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko K.K.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure may contain (A) a polyimide resin in addition to or instead of (A) the polyimide precursor.
  • Polyimide resin does not produce resin-derived detached components, which helps prevent the cure shrinkage of the photosensitive resin composition. Therefore, compared to polyimide precursors, it is possible to obtain a photosensitive resin composition with a higher cure residual film rate and improved post-cure flatness.
  • Polyimide resin may have polymerizable groups in its side chains, but from the viewpoint of the elongation and storage stability of the cured film, it is preferable that it does not have polymerizable groups in its side chains.
  • Polyimide resin preferably does not substantially contain polyamic acid or polyamic acid ester structures. In this disclosure, “substantially does not contain” means, for example, that the imidization rate of the polyimide resin is 90% or more, preferably 95% or more.
  • the imidization ratio of a polyimide resin can be measured by a known method, but in the present disclosure, it is calculated by the following method. First, the infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide resin is measured to confirm the presence of absorption peaks of the imide structure (near 1780 cm -1 and 1377 cm -1 ). Next, the polyimide resin is heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, and the infrared absorption spectrum after the heat treatment is measured. The peak intensity near 1377 cm -1 is compared with the peak intensity before the heat treatment to calculate the imidization ratio of the polyimide resin.
  • the polyimide resin (A) preferably contains a structure represented by general formula (7). This structure is also suitable for solvent-developable photosensitive resin compositions. From the viewpoint of suppressing copper migration, the polyimide resin (A) is preferably a resin that is not alkali-soluble. Furthermore, when the polyimide resin (A) contains a structure represented by general formula (7), it is also preferable that X2 and / Y2 do not contain acidic groups such as carboxylic acid groups and phenolic hydroxyl groups. It is also preferable that the polyimide resin (A) does not contain fluorine atoms, which can further suppress copper migration. ⁇ In the formula, X2 is a tetravalent organic group, Y2 is a divalent organic group, and n2 is an integer from 2 to 150. ⁇
  • X2 is a tetravalent organic group, and is not particularly limited as long as it has a structure derived from a known tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • X2 it is preferable that X2 have at least one structure represented by the following formulas (19) to (27).
  • X2 have at least one structure represented by formulas (19) to (26). Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of a cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, it is more preferable that X2 has at least one structure represented by formulas (19) to (21) and (23) to (26). In addition, it is particularly preferable that X2 has at least one structure represented by formulas (19) and (24) to (26), since the coating film uniformity and cured film elongation of the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure are particularly excellent.
  • Y2 in formula (7) is a divalent organic group, and is not particularly limited as long as it is a structure derived from a known diamine. However, from the viewpoints of high copper adhesion of the cured film, inhibition of copper migration in the b-HAST test, excellent elongation and chemical resistance of the cured film, and solubility in solvents, it is preferable that Y2 have at least one structure represented by the following formulas (28) to (36).
  • Y2 preferably has at least one structure represented by formulas (28) to (34), from the viewpoints of suppressing copper voids after a high-temperature storage test of a cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, suppressing copper migration in a b-HAST test, and improving the elongation and chemical resistance of the cured film. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the mechanical properties of the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, it is more preferable that Y2 has at least one structure represented by formulas (28) to (33).
  • Y2 particularly preferably has at least one structure represented by formulas (30) to (33), because this results in particularly excellent coating film uniformity and cured film elongation of the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure (in one embodiment, the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure).
  • the excellent solubility in solvents of the structures represented by formulas (30) to (33) is due to the fact that these structures have a pendant phenyl structure.
  • n2 is an integer of 2 to 150, preferably an integer of 3 to 100, and more preferably an integer of 5 to 70. n2 is preferably an integer that satisfies the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide resin (A) described below.
  • the terminal of the (A) polyimide resin (in one embodiment, the side chain terminal of the (A) polyimide resin or the main chain terminal of the (A) polyimide resin), preferably the main chain terminal of the (A) polyimide resin, has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an acid anhydride group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and the following general formulae (37) to (39):
  • R 20 and R 21 are each independently selected from a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 22 is an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom
  • k is an integer of 1 or 2
  • R 23 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • * indicates a bonding site with an end of the polyimide resin (A).
  • R 24 and R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having
  • R 26 , R 27 , and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and j represents an integer of 2 to 10. Additionally, * represents the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A). ⁇
  • the acid anhydride group is derived from the raw material tetracarboxylic acid anhydride
  • the carboxyl group is formed by ring-opening of the aforementioned acid anhydride group
  • the amino group is derived from the raw material diamine.
  • More specific examples of the (A) polyimide resin having a terminal structure represented by general formula (37) include structures represented by the following formulas (40) to (43). (In the formula, * indicates the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A).)
  • More specific examples of the structure represented by general formula (38) include structures represented by the following formulae (44) and (45). (In the formula, * indicates the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A).)
  • More specific examples of the structure represented by general formula (39) include structures represented by the following formulae (46) to (49). (In the formula, * indicates the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A).)
  • X2 in general formula (7) is any of the structures represented by general formulas (19) to (27), and Y2 is any of the structures represented by general formulas (28) to (36).
  • the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the (A) polyimide resin is not particularly limited as long as it is within the range in which it can be dissolved in a solvent.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the (A) polyimide resin is preferably 5,000 or more and 100,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the (A) polyimide resin is more preferably 6,000 or more, and even more preferably 8,000 or more.
  • the upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the (A) polyimide resin is more preferably 50,000 or less, and particularly preferably 30,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of the (A) polyimide resin is preferably 1.0 or more and 2.0 or less. From the viewpoint of production efficiency, the lower limit of the molecular weight distribution of the (A) polyimide resin is more preferably 1.15 or more, and even more preferably 1.25 or more. From the viewpoint of resolution, the upper limit of the molecular weight distribution of the (A) polyimide resin is more preferably 1.8 or less, and even more preferably 1.6 or less.
  • the polyimide resin is preferably contained in an amount of 10% to 70% by mass, and more preferably 20% to 65% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition including the solvent.
  • A Method for Preparing Polyimide Resin
  • Polyimide resin is obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine to obtain a polyamic acid, and then subjecting the polyamic acid to dehydration ring closure to imidization.
  • the method for dehydrating and cyclizing polyamic acid is not limited, but examples include thermal imidization, in which polyamic acid is heated at high temperatures to dehydrate and cyclize, and chemical imidization, in which acetic anhydride and a tertiary amine, which are dehydrating and reducing agents, are added to dehydrate and cyclize polyamic acid.
  • the temperature in the thermal imidization method is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of promoting the ring-closing reaction, the lower limit is preferably 150°C or higher, and more preferably 160°C or higher.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200°C or lower, and more preferably 180°C or lower.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is not particularly limited, but specific examples include pyromellitic anhydride (PMDA), 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (ODPA), 3,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-biphthalic dianhydride (BPDA), 3,4'-biphthalic dianhydride, 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride (BPADA), 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)fluorene dianhydride (BP AF), norbornane-2-spiro- ⁇ -cyclopentanone- ⁇ '-spiro-2"-norbornane-5,5",6,6"-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (CpODA), bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BCD), 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanet
  • preferred tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BCD), 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (CBDA), and 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride (6FDA).
  • BCD bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • CBDA 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • 6FDA 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride
  • Diamines are not particularly limited, but specific examples include 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE), 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene (APB), 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene (TPE-Q), 2-phenoxybenzene-1,4-diamine (PND), 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene (BAFL), 6-(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl-3-amine (PDPE), 3,3'-diphenyl
  • diamines include 2,2-bis[3-phenyl-4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane (DAOPPA), 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (TFMB), 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane (
  • the (A) polyimide resin is a polyimide resin obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine to obtain a polyamic acid, which is then subjected to dehydration ring closure to form an imidized polyamic acid.
  • the acid anhydride groups, carboxyl groups, and amino groups at the terminals of the (A) polyimide resin may also be reacted with a specific compound to form the terminals into structures represented by the above general formulas (37) to (39).
  • Polyimide resins whose terminals have a structure represented by general formula (37) can be obtained, for example, by reacting the amino groups at the polyimide terminals with an isocyanate compound.
  • isocyanate compounds include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate: MOI), 2-acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, 1,1-(bisacryloyloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate, and 2-(2-methacryloyloxyethyloxy)ethyl isocyanate.
  • the method for reacting the isocyanate compound is not particularly limited; however, the isocyanate compound can be added to a dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide solution and stirred at room temperature to react with the amino groups of the dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide.
  • Polyimide resin whose terminals have a structure represented by general formula (38), can be obtained, for example, by reacting the amino groups at the polyimide terminals with a chloride compound.
  • chloride compounds include acryloyl chloride and methacryloyl chloride.
  • the dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide solution can be ice-cooled and the chloride compound can be added dropwise to react with the amino groups of the dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide.
  • Polyimide resins whose terminals have a structure represented by general formula (39) can be obtained, for example, by reacting the acid anhydride groups and carboxyl groups at the polyimide terminals with an alcohol-based compound.
  • alcohol-based compounds include 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate: HEMA), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 4-hydroxyethyl acrylate.
  • the method for reacting the alcohol-based compound is not particularly limited, but the acid anhydride groups and carboxyl groups of the dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide can be reacted with the alcohol-based compound using a condensing agent such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or an esterification catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • a condensing agent such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or an esterification catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • reaction solvent may be used to efficiently carry out the reaction in a homogeneous system.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly dissolve or suspend the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, diamine, and compound having a polymerizable functional group at its terminal.
  • reaction solvents include ⁇ -butyrolactone (GBL), dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylacetoacetamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N,N-dimethylacetamide.
  • GBL ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • dimethyl sulfoxide N,N-dimethylacetoacetamide
  • 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide
  • 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide
  • N,N-dimethylformamide N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • an azeotropic solvent may be used to promote the imidization reaction.
  • the azeotropic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent that forms an azeotrope with water, and examples thereof include toluene, ethyl acetate, N-dicyclohexylpyrrolidone, orthodichlorobenzene, xylene, and benzene.
  • the polyimide resin (A) may be purified by a method described in Patent Document 2 (JP 2012-194520 A) or the like.
  • the purification method include a method in which the (A) polyimide resin solution is dropped into water to remove unreacted materials by reprecipitation, a method in which the condensing agent insoluble in the reaction solvent is removed by filtration, a method in which the catalyst is removed by an ion exchange resin, etc. After these purification steps, the (A) polyimide resin may be dried by a known method and isolated in a powder state.
  • the (B) heterocyclic compound includes a compound (b1) represented by the following general formula (1) or a compound (b2) represented by the following general formula (2).
  • R 1 is an organic group
  • R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R3 is an organic group having at least one carbonyl group.
  • R1 in general formula (1) is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic group, but it may be a branched or linear alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a carboxyl group, and may also have a functional group (for example, an acetyl group or an acetoxy group).
  • R1 is preferably an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, or a xylyl group.
  • R2 is not particularly limited as long as it is a hydrogen atom or an organic group, but may be a branched or linear alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a carboxyl group, and may also have a functional group (for example, an acetyl group or an acetoxy group).
  • R2 is preferably an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, or a xylyl group.
  • R3 in general formula (2) is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic group having one or more carbonyl groups, but may be a branched or linear alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a carboxyl group, and R3 may also have a functional group, preferably an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the functional group include an acetyl group and an acetoxy group.
  • the (B) heterocyclic compound contains the compound (b1) represented by the general formula (1) above or the compound (b2) represented by the general formula (2) above, excellent copper adhesion can be obtained not only by low-temperature curing (curing at 200° C. or less in the present disclosure) but also by high-temperature curing (curing at 250° C. or more in the present disclosure). Furthermore, the copper migration suppression effect and copper void suppression effect can be obtained not only by high-temperature curing but also by low-temperature curing.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment contains a purine compound represented by formula (1) or (2)
  • the unshared electron pair associated with the nitrogen atom in the purine skeleton acts on copper and is unevenly distributed at the copper interface
  • the secondary amine at the 1-position which is formed by the ketone at the 6-position, forms a hydrogen bond with the polyimide precursor or polyimide, thereby allowing the polyimide resin to interact with copper and improve copper adhesion.
  • the uneven distribution of the purine compound at the copper interface is thought to strongly suppress oxidation reactions at the copper interface, thereby suppressing copper migration and copper voids.
  • heterocyclic compound (b1) (B) represented by general formula (1) examples include ganciclovir, guanosine, 3'-amino-2',3'-dideoxyguanosine, penciclovir, 2-[2-isobutylamido-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl]acetic acid, 2- ⁇ 2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl ⁇ acetic acid, N-acetyl-di-O-acetylganciclovir, N-acetylacyclovir, N 2 -isobutyryl-2'-deoxyguanosine, 9-ethylguanine, N 2 -isobutyrylguanosine, 2-amino-9-phenyl-1H-purin-6(9H)-one, N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine, and 9-[(2-acetoxyeth)
  • ganciclovir guanosine, 3'-amino-2',3'-dideoxyguanosine, penciclovir, 2-[2-isobutylamido-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl]acetic acid, N-acetyl-di-O-acetylganciclovir, and N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine are preferred, and N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine is more preferred.
  • heterocyclic compound (b2) (B) represented by general formula (2) include 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine, N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide, N 2 -pivaloylguanine, and N-(6-oxo-6,9-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)benzamide.
  • 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine, N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide, and N 2 -pivaloylguanine are preferred, and 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine and N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide are more preferred.
  • these when these are added to the resin composition, they may be in the form of a hydrate.
  • the heterocyclic compound (B) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3), (4) or (5).
  • R4 is an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having at least one hydroxyl group or carbonyl group.
  • R5 and R6 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and at least one carbonyl group.
  • R7 is an organic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbonyl group.
  • R4 in general formula (3) is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having a hydroxyl group or a carbonyl group, but may also be a branched or linear alkyl group or aromatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having the above-mentioned functional group.
  • the functional group include a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, an acetyl group, and an acetoxy group.
  • the carbonyl-containing organic group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R5 and R6 in general formula (4) may be a branched or linear alkyl group or aromatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having the above-mentioned functional group.
  • Preferred examples of the functional group include alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and having a carbonyl group, such as an acetyl group or an acetoxy group.
  • the carbonyl-containing organic group of R7 in general formula (5) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be a branched or linear alkyl group or aromatic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and having the above-mentioned functional group.
  • the functional group include an acetyl group and an acetoxy group.
  • heterocyclic compound (B) represented by general formula (3) examples include ganciclovir, guanosine, 3'-amino-2',3'-dideoxyguanosine, and penciclovir.
  • heterocyclic compound (B) represented by general formula (4) examples include 2-[2-isobutylamido-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl]acetic acid, 2- ⁇ 2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl ⁇ acetic acid, N-acetyl-di-O-acetylganciclovir, and N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine.
  • heterocyclic compound (B) represented by general formula (5) examples include 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine, N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide, N 2 -pivaloylguanine, N-(6-oxo-6,9-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)benzamide, 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine, and N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide.
  • these compounds When these compounds are added to the resin composition, they may be in the form of a hydrate.
  • the content of the (B) heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.001 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin.
  • the content is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more to achieve sufficient effects in terms of copper adhesion and copper migration inhibition, and is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, from the viewpoints of copper adhesion, copper migration inhibition, and solubility in the composition.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (C) will be described.
  • a photoacid generator or a photoradical polymerization initiator can be used, but from the viewpoint of improving photosensitivity and suppressing copper migration, a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferred.
  • photoradical polymerization initiator examples include benzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl ketone, dibenzyl ketone, fluorenone and other benzophenone derivatives; acetophenone derivatives such as 2,2'-diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropiophenone, and 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; thioxanthone, thioxanthone derivatives such as 2-methylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, and diethylthioxanthone; benzil, benzil dimethyl ketal, benzil- ⁇ -methoxyethyl acetal and other benzil derivatives; benzoin, benzoin methyl ether and other benzoin derivatives; oximes such as 1-phenyl-1,2-butanedione-2-(o-methoxycarbonyl
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably an oxime initiator.
  • Preferred examples of the photoacid generator include, but are not limited to, ⁇ -(n-octanesulfonyloxyimino)-4-methoxybenzyl cyanide, diarylsulfonium salts, triarylsulfonium salts, dialkylphenacylsulfonium salts, diaryliodonium salts, aryldiazonium salts, aromatic tetracarboxylic acid esters, aromatic sulfonic acid esters, and naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid esters.
  • the content of (C) photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 8 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less, relative to 100 parts by mass of (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin. From the viewpoint of photosensitivity or patterning ability, the content is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of the physical properties of the photosensitive resin layer after curing of the photosensitive resin composition, the content is preferably 20 parts by mass or less.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may contain a solvent (D), which will be described below.
  • the solvent include amides, sulfoxides, ureas, ketones, esters, lactones, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, and alcohols.
  • the solvent examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethylurea, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, diethyl oxalate, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, butyl lactate, and ⁇ -butyronitrile.
  • Lactone propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl glycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, morpholine, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, anisole, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene, etc.
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethylurea, butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl glycol, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol are preferred.
  • those that completely dissolve the (A) polyimide precursor are particularly preferred, such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethylurea, ⁇ -butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide.
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone and 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide are preferred from the viewpoint of in-plane uniformity when the photosensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate.
  • the (D) solvent may be one type, or two or more types may be mixed together, but from the viewpoint of appropriately adjusting the stability of the photosensitive resin composition, two or more types are preferred.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment contains two or more (D) solvents, from the viewpoint of in-plane uniformity, 50% by weight or more of the (D) solvents are preferably either gamma-butyrolactone or 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and more preferably gamma-butyrolactone.
  • the content of (D) solvent is preferably 100 to 1,000 parts by mass, more preferably 120 to 700 parts by mass, and even more preferably 125 to 500 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment may further contain (E) a photopolymerizable monomer.
  • Use of (E) a photopolymerizable monomer promotes crosslinking of the photosensitive resin composition upon exposure, improving resolution, and also reduces the moisture permeability of the cured film, thereby providing an effect of suppressing copper migration.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains 5 to 150 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable monomer per 100 parts by mass of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains 5 parts by mass or more of the (E) photopolymerizable monomer, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the (E) photopolymerizable monomer is contained in too much amount, copper adhesion may be reduced.
  • the reason for this is not clear and is not limited to a specific theory, but it is speculated that the high content of (E) photopolymerizable monomer causes a weak layer to form between the copper layer and the photosensitive resin layer, resulting in reduced copper adhesion.
  • the upper limit which can be arbitrarily combined with the above lower limit, is preferably 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably 100 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (E) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that undergoes a radical polymerization reaction with a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator, but is preferably a (meth)acrylic compound, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (50): ⁇ In the formula, X 11 is an organic group, L 11 , L 12 and L 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and n 11 is an integer of 1 to 10. ⁇
  • Photopolymerizable monomers include, but are not limited to, mono- or diacrylates and methacrylates of ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, such as diethylene glycol dimethacrylate and tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate; mono- or diacrylates and methacrylates of propylene glycol or polypropylene glycol; mono-, di-, or triacrylates and methacrylates of glycerol; cyclohexane diacrylate and dimethacrylate; diacrylate and dimethacrylate of 1,4-butanediol; and diacrylate and dimethacrylate of 1,6-hexanediol.
  • the number of radical polymerizable groups in the (E) photopolymerizable monomer is one, it is referred to as a monofunctional group, and when the number is two or more, it is referred to as an x-functional group according to the number x of radical polymerizable groups, but bifunctional or more functional groups may also be collectively referred to as polyfunctional.
  • the (E) photopolymerizable monomer may be monofunctional or may be difunctional or higher.
  • the (E) photopolymerizable monomer e.g., a radical polymerizable compound
  • the (E) photopolymerizable monomer is preferably trifunctional or higher, more preferably tetrafunctional or higher, and even more preferably hexafunctional or higher.
  • the (E) photopolymerizable monomer is preferably decafunctional or lower.
  • the molecular weight (in one embodiment, the weight average molecular weight) of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1000 or less, and even more preferably 800 or less.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer may contain a hydroxyl group or a urea group.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (E) having a hydroxyl group in the molecule includes a monomer represented by the following general formula (53): ⁇ In the formula, X 11 is an organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and L 11 , L 12 and L 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. n 11 is an integer of 1 to 10, and n 12 is an integer of 1 to 10. ⁇ In terms of radical reactivity, it is preferable that in the above formula (53), L 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 12 and L 13 are each a hydrogen atom.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (E) having a hydroxyl group in the molecule is represented by the following formula (54):
  • Examples of the compound include, but are not limited to, compounds represented by the following formula:
  • (E) The photopolymerizable monomer has hydroxyl groups in its molecular structure, which improves copper adhesion.
  • the number of hydroxyl groups in the (E) photopolymerizable monomer molecular structure is preferably one or more, and more preferably two or more.
  • the upper limit of the number of hydroxyl groups in the molecular structure is preferably 10 or less, more preferably six or less, and even more preferably three or less.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (E) having a urea group in the molecule is represented by the following general formula (55): ⁇ In the formula, X 20 , X 21 , X 22 and X 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a group represented by the following general formula (56), or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, and at least one of X 20 , X 21 , X 22 and X 23 is a monovalent organic group having a group represented by the following general formula (56).
  • L 11 , L 12 and L 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • L 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • L 12 and L 13 represent hydrogen atoms, from the viewpoint of radical reactivity.
  • Heteroatoms include oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, phosphorus atoms, and sulfur atoms.
  • X20 , X21 , X22 and X23 in formula (55) are monovalent organic groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, they more preferably contain an oxygen atom from the viewpoint of resolution.
  • the number of carbon atoms in X20 , X21 , X22 and X23 is not limited as long as it is 1 to 20, but from the viewpoint of heat resistance, they preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • X20 , X21 , X22 , and X23 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, but from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, it is preferable that they do not have a cyclic structure.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (radical polymerizable compound) (E) having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one urea group in the molecule is, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (58): ⁇ In the formula, X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a group represented by the following general formula (59), or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, and at least one of X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 is a monovalent organic group having a group represented by the following general formula (59), and at least one is a hydroxyl group.
  • L 11 , L 12 and L 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • L 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 are monovalent organic groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, they more preferably contain an oxygen atom from the viewpoint of resolution.
  • the number of carbon atoms in X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 is not limited as long as it is 1 to 20, but from the viewpoint of heat resistance, they preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, but from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, it is preferable that no cyclic structure is formed.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (E) having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one urea group in the molecule is represented by the following formula (60): Examples of the compound are compounds represented by the following formula:
  • the photopolymerizable monomer having a urea group may be produced by any method, but it can be obtained, for example, by reacting an isocyanate compound having a radical polymerizable group with an amine-containing compound. If the amine-containing compound contains a functional group such as a hydroxyl group that can react with isocyanate, part of the isocyanate compound may contain a compound that has reacted with the functional group such as a hydroxyl group.
  • Photopolymerizable monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • two or more (E) photopolymerizable monomers are used in combination, from the viewpoint of controlling the crosslink density, it is preferable that the number of types be six or less, and more preferably four or less.
  • At least one of the multiple (E) photopolymerizable monomers has a different number of functional groups.
  • three or more (E) photopolymerizable monomers it is sufficient that at least one of them has a different number of functional groups, but it is preferable that all of the (E) photopolymerizable monomers have different numbers of functional groups.
  • multiple (E) photopolymerizable monomers it is preferable to include at least one monofunctional photopolymerizable monomer from the standpoint of breaking elongation.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may optionally contain (F) a thermal crosslinking agent.
  • the (F) thermal crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it forms crosslinks when the relief pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment is heat-cured, but it can react with the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin and the (F) thermal crosslinking agent, with each other, or with other components to form a crosslinked product.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 150°C or higher.
  • Examples of the (F) thermal crosslinking agent include alkoxymethyl compounds, epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, bismaleimide compounds, allyl compounds, and blocked isocyanate compounds. From the perspective of suppressing cure shrinkage, it is preferable that the (F) thermal crosslinking agent contain a nitrogen atom.
  • alkoxymethyl compound examples include, but are not limited to, compounds represented by the following formula (61):
  • alkoxymethyl compounds include alkylated urea resin (product name: Nikalac MX290, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril (product name: Nikalac MX270, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • epoxy compounds include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether, epoxy compounds containing bisphenol A groups, and hydrogenated bisphenol A diglycidyl ether.
  • Epolite 4000 product name, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Epolite 4000 is preferably used.
  • Oxetane compounds include 1,4-bis ⁇ [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methoxy]methyl ⁇ benzene, bis[1-ethyl(3-oxetanyl)]methyl ether, 4,4'-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methyl]biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethoxy)biphenyl, ethylene glycol bis(3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethyl)ether, diethylene glycol bis(3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethyl)ether, bis(3 Examples of suitable bis[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy]benzene include 1,3-bis[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy]benzene, ...
  • bismaleimide compounds include 1,2-bis(maleimide)ethane, 1,3-bis(maleimide)propane, 1,4-bis(maleimide)butane, 1,5-bis(maleimide)pentane, 1,6-bis(maleimide)hexane, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-bis(maleimide)hexane, N,N'-1,3-phenylenebis(maleimide), 4-methyl-N,N'-1,3-phenylenebis(maleimide), N,N'-1,4-phenylenebis(maleimide), 3-methyl-N,N'-1,4-phenylenebis(maleimide), 4,4'-bis(maleimide)diphenylmethane, 3,3'-diethyl-5,5'-dimethyl-4,4'-bis(maleimide)diphenylmethane, and 2,2-bis[4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)phenyl]propane.
  • Allyl compounds include allyl alcohol, allyl anisole, allyl benzoate, allyl cinnamate, N-allyloxyphthalimide, allylphenol, allyl phenyl sulfone, allyl urea, diallyl phthalate, diallyl isophthalate, diallyl terephthalate, diallyl maleate, diallyl isocyanurate, triallylamine, triallyl isocyanurate, triallyl cyanurate, triallylamine, triallyl 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylate, triallyl trimellitate, triallyl phosphate, triallyl phosphite, and triallyl citrate.
  • Blocked isocyanate compounds include hexamethylene diisocyanate-based blocked isocyanates (e.g., Asahi Kasei Corporation, trade names: Duranate SBN-70D, SBB-70P, SBF-70E, TPA-B80E, 17B-60P, MF-B60B, E402-B80B, MF-K60B, and WM44-L70G; Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name: Takenate B-882N; Baxenden, Inc., trade names: 7960, 7961, 7982, 7991, and 7992, etc.); tolylene diisocyanate-based blocked isocyanates (e.g., Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name: Takenate B-830, etc.); 4,4'- Examples of such blocked isocyanates include diphenylmethane diisocyanate-based blocked isocyanates (e.g., Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name
  • Thermal crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the content of the thermal crosslinking agent (F) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is preferably 0.2 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin (A).
  • the lower limit of the amount of the thermal crosslinking agent (F) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 1 part by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the amount of the thermal crosslinking agent (F) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion of the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may optionally contain (G) a silane coupling agent.
  • silane coupling agents examples include 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: trade name KBM803, manufactured by Chisso Corporation: trade name Sila-Ace S810), N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: trade name KBM573), 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SIM6475.0), 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: trade name LS1375, AZMAX Corporation: Trade name SIM6474.0), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (AZMAX Corporation: Trade name SIM6473.5C), mercaptomethylmethyldimethoxysilane (AZMAX Corporation: Trade name SIM6473.
  • (G) other silane coupling agents include, for example, N-(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)urea (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: trade name LS3610, manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd.: trade name SIU9055.0), N-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)urea (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd.: trade name SIU9058.0), N-(3-diethoxymethoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydimethoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(propyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-diethoxypropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydipropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-dimethoxypropoxysilylpropyl)urea,
  • silane coupling agents include, for example, 2-(trimethoxysilylethyl)pyridine (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SIT8396.0), 2-(triethoxysilylethyl)pyridine, 2-(dimethoxysilylmethylethyl)pyridine, 2-(diethoxysilylmethylethyl)pyridine, (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate, (3-glycidoxypropyl)triethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetra-i-propoxysilane, tetra-n-butoxysilane, tetra-i-butoxysilane, and tetra-t-butoxysilane.
  • 2-(trimethoxysilylethyl)pyridine manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SIT8396.0
  • silane tetrakis(methoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis(methoxy-n-propoxysilane), tetrakis(ethoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis(methoxyethoxyethoxysilane), bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane, bis(trimethoxysilyl)hexane, bis(triethoxysilyl)methane, bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane, bis(triethoxysilyl)ethylene, bis(triethoxysilyl)octane, bis(triethoxysilyl)octadiene, bis[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]disulfide, bis[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]tetrasulfide, di-t-butoxydiacetoxysilane silane, di-i-butoxyaluminoxytrie
  • the (G) silane coupling agents listed above may be used alone or in combination.
  • silane coupling agents listed above N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate, and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane are preferred from the standpoint of copper adhesion.
  • (G) a silane coupling agent When (G) a silane coupling agent is used, its content is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of (A) the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may optionally contain an (H) acid component.
  • the acid component in combination with the (F) thermal crosslinking agent, the thermal crosslinking reaction of the (F) thermal crosslinking agent can be promoted, and the copper migration suppression effect can be improved.
  • acid components include, but are not limited to, ( ⁇ )mandelic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, m-hydroxybenzoic acid, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, p-aminobenzoic acid, m-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid, 4-biphenylcarboxylic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid.
  • the (H) acid component When the (H) acid component is used, its content is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin. From the viewpoint of copper migration suppression in the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, the lower limit of the (H) acid component is more preferably 0.005 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more. From the viewpoint of copper migration suppression and adhesion, the upper limit of the (H) acid component is more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or less.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may further contain components other than the above components (A) to (H).
  • components other than components (A) to (H) include, but are not limited to, (I) a thermal base generator, (J) a hindered phenol compound, (K) an organic titanium compound, (L) a sensitizer, and (M) a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may contain (I) a thermal base generator.
  • the (I) thermal base generator refers to a compound that generates a base upon heating. By containing the (I) thermal base generator, it is possible to further promote imidization of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the thermal base generator is not particularly limited in type, but examples include amine compounds protected by a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, or the thermal base generators disclosed in WO 2017/038598. However, it is not limited to these, and other known thermal base generators can also be used.
  • Amine compounds protected by a tert-butoxycarbonyl group include, for example, ethanolamine, 3-amino-1-propanol, 1-amino-2-propanol, 2-amino-1-propanol, 4-amino-1-butanol, 2-amino-1-butanol, 1-amino-2-butanol, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 4-amino-2-methyl-1-butanol, valinol, 3-amino-1,2-propanediol, and 2-amino-1,3-propanediol.
  • the content of (I) the thermal base generator is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 30 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of (A) the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin.
  • the content is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more from the viewpoint of the imidization-accelerating effect, and 30 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of the physical properties of the photosensitive resin layer after curing of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may optionally contain (J) a hindered phenol compound.
  • hindered phenol compounds include, but are not limited to, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,5-di-t-butyl-hydroquinone, octadecyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, isooctyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 4,4'-methylenebis(2,6-di-t-butylphenol), 4,4'-thio-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 4,4'-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3-t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis[3-(3,5-di- t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate
  • examples of (J) hindered phenol compounds include 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-4-isopropylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-s-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris[4-(1-ethylpropyl)-3-hydroxybenzyl] 1,3,5-tris[4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3
  • 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the (J) hindered phenol compound is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin, and more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics. If the content is 0.1 part by mass or more, for example, when the photosensitive resin composition is formed on copper or a copper alloy, discoloration and corrosion of the copper or copper alloy are prevented, while if the content is 20 parts by mass or less, excellent photosensitivity is achieved.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may contain (K) an organotitanium compound.
  • K Organotitanium compound.
  • Usable (K) organic titanium compounds include those in which an organic chemical substance is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent or ionic bond.
  • Titanium chelate compounds include titanium bis(triethanolamine) diisopropoxide, titanium di(n-butoxide) bis(2,4-pentanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(2,4-pentanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(tetramethylheptanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoacetate), and the like.
  • Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds For example, titanium tetra(n-butoxide), titanium tetraethoxide, titanium tetra(2-ethylhexoxide), titanium tetraisobutoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide, titanium tetramethoxide, titanium tetramethoxypropoxide, titanium tetramethylphenoxide, titanium tetra(n-nonyloxide), titanium tetra(n-propoxide), titanium tetrastearyloxide, titanium tetrakis[bis ⁇ 2,2-(allyloxymethyl)butoxide ⁇ ], etc.
  • Titanocene compounds For example, pentamethylcyclopentadienyltitanium trimethoxide, bis( ⁇ 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis( ⁇ 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, and the like.
  • Monoalkoxytitanium compounds For example, titanium tris(dioctylphosphate) isopropoxide, titanium tris(dodecylbenzenesulfonate) isopropoxide, etc.
  • Titanium oxide compounds For example, titanium oxide bis(pentanedionate), titanium oxide bis(tetramethylheptanedionate), phthalocyanine titanium oxide, etc.
  • Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds For example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, etc.
  • Titanate coupling agents For example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanate, etc.
  • the (K) organic titanium compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, and III) titanocene compounds.
  • titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoacetate), titanium tetra(n-butoxide), and bis( ⁇ 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
  • the content is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of (A) the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide.
  • the content is 0.05 parts by mass or more, good heat resistance and chemical resistance are exhibited, while when the content is 10 parts by mass or less, excellent storage stability is achieved.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment may optionally contain (L) a sensitizer in order to improve photosensitivity.
  • sensitizers include Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamylidene indanone, p-Dimethylaminobenzylidene indanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthothiazole
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment contains the sensitizer (L), the content is preferably 0.1 to 25 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin (A).
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment may optionally contain (M) a polymerization inhibitor in order to improve the stability of the viscosity and photosensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly during storage in the form of a solution containing a solvent.
  • Polymerization inhibitors that can be used include hydroquinone, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, and N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt.
  • the method for producing a cured relief pattern of the present disclosure includes the following steps: (1) applying the above-described photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate; (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light; (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern; and (4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
  • Photosensitive Resin Layer Formation Step In this step, a photosensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate, and then dried as necessary to form a photosensitive resin layer.
  • a method conventionally used for applying a photosensitive resin composition such as application using a spin coater, bar coater, blade coater, curtain coater, screen printing machine, etc., or spray application using a spray coater, etc., can be used.
  • the photosensitive resin layer formed above is exposed to an ultraviolet light source or the like using an exposure device such as a contact aligner, mirror projection, or stepper, either directly or through a photomask or reticle having a pattern.
  • an exposure device such as a contact aligner, mirror projection, or stepper, either directly or through a photomask or reticle having a pattern.
  • the developing method for developing the exposed (irradiated) photosensitive resin layer can be any method selected from conventionally known photoresist developing methods, such as the rotary spray method, the paddle method, and the immersion method accompanied by ultrasonic treatment.
  • post-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, as needed, for the purpose of adjusting the shape of the relief pattern, etc.
  • the developer used for development is preferably, for example, a good solvent for the photosensitive resin composition, or a combination of the good solvent and a poor solvent.
  • Preferred good solvents include, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, and ⁇ -acetyl- ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • Preferred examples of poor solvents include toluene, xylene, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and water.
  • a good solvent and a poor solvent are used in combination, it is preferable to adjust the ratio of the poor solvent to the good solvent depending on the solubility of the polymer in the photosensitive resin composition.
  • Two or more types of each solvent, for example, several types, can also be used in combination.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment is preferably subjected to solvent development or prepared as a solvent-developable composition.
  • solvent development refers to development in a developer whose main component is an organic solvent (e.g., N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -acetyl- ⁇ -butyrolactone, etc.) (the developer contains the organic solvent at a concentration of 50% by mass or more).
  • the concentration of the organic solvent in the developer is preferably 90% by mass or more, and more preferably 100% by mass.
  • the developer contains fewer ionic components, making it less likely for the ionic components to be mixed into the cured film, and thus more likely to suppress copper migration.
  • the relief pattern obtained by the above development is subjected to a heat treatment to dissolve the photosensitive component and also imidize the (A) polyimide precursor, thereby converting it into a cured relief pattern (cured film) made of polyimide.
  • the heat treatment can be carried out by a variety of methods, such as using a hot plate, an oven, or a temperature-programmable heating oven, etc.
  • the heat treatment can be carried out, for example, at 160°C to 350°C for 30 minutes to 5 hours.
  • the temperature of the heat treatment is preferably 350° C. or lower, more preferably 230° C. or lower, even more preferably 200° C. or lower, and even more preferably 180° C.
  • the temperature is preferably 170° C. or higher, more preferably 250° C. or higher.
  • the temperature is preferably 170° C. to 350° C., and more preferably 200° C. to 280° C.
  • air may be used, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may also be used.
  • the polyimide film (cured film) of the present disclosure can be produced by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, and the present disclosure also provides a cured film formed from a cured product of the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure.
  • a polyimide film can be produced from a photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide resin (A) of the present disclosure based on the method for producing a cured relief pattern described above.
  • a polyimide film can be produced by imidizing a photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor (A) of the present disclosure to form a cured polyimide product with an imidization rate of 80 to 100%.
  • a polyimide film can be produced based on the method for producing a cured relief pattern described above.
  • the structure of the polyimide contained in the cured relief pattern formed from the polyimide precursor composition is represented by the following general formula (62).
  • the preferred X 1 and Y 1 in the general formulas (6) and (7) are also preferred in the polyimide having the structure represented by the above general formula (62).
  • the number of repeating units n 2 is not particularly limited, but may be an integer of 2 to 150.
  • the semiconductor device preferably has a cured relief pattern obtained by the above-described method for producing a cured relief pattern.
  • the semiconductor device preferably has a substrate that is a semiconductor element and a cured relief pattern of polyimide formed on the substrate by the above-described method for producing a cured relief pattern.
  • the semiconductor device can be manufactured using a semiconductor element as the substrate and using the method for producing a cured relief pattern of the present disclosure as part of its manufacturing process.
  • the semiconductor device of the present disclosure can be manufactured by a method for producing a semiconductor device that includes forming the cured relief pattern formed by the method for producing a cured relief pattern of the present disclosure as a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip-chip device, or a protective film for a semiconductor device having a bump structure.
  • the display device preferably includes a display element and a cured film disposed on the display element, the cured film preferably having the cured relief pattern described above.
  • the cured relief pattern may be laminated in direct contact with the display element, or may be laminated via another layer.
  • Examples of the cured film include surface protection films, insulating films, and planarizing films for TFT liquid crystal display elements and color filter elements, protrusions for MVA-type liquid crystal display devices, and partition walls for cathodes of organic EL elements.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is preferably a photosensitive resin composition for forming insulating members or interlayer insulating films. Furthermore, the photosensitive resin composition can be used to form surface protective films, interlayer insulating films, rewiring insulating films, protective films for flip-chip devices, or protective films for semiconductor devices with bump structures. In addition to being applied to semiconductor devices such as those described above, the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is also useful for applications such as interlayer insulating films for multilayer circuits, cover coats for flexible copper-clad boards, solder resist films, and liquid crystal alignment films.
  • Weight-average molecular weight The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of each resin was measured using gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) under the following conditions.
  • Standard monodisperse polystyrene Showa Denko K.K.
  • Shodex STANDARD SM-105 Mobile phase: 0.1 mol/L LiBr/N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) Flow rate: 1 mL/min.
  • the entire surface was then exposed to 800 mJ/ cm2 using a parallel light mask aligner (PLA-501FA, manufactured by Canon Inc.). Then, using a temperature-programmable curing oven (VF-2000, manufactured by Koyo Lindberg Co., Ltd.), the film was heated for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere at the temperatures shown in Tables 1 to 4 to obtain a cured relief pattern (thermocured polyimide coating film).
  • PPA-501FA parallel light mask aligner
  • VF-2000 temperature-programmable curing oven
  • Adhesion strength is 0.4 N/mm or more
  • B Adhesion strength is 0.3 N/mm or more and less than 0.4 N/mm
  • C Adhesion strength is 0.2 N/mm or more and less than 0.3 N/mm
  • D Adhesion strength is less than 0.2 N/mm
  • a TEG wafer was prepared by forming comb-shaped Cu wiring with a line/space of 10 ⁇ m/10 ⁇ m and a height of 5 ⁇ m on a silicon wafer with SiO x laminated on the surface.
  • the TEG wafer was immersed in a 1% by mass aqueous acetic acid solution and ion-exchanged water for 1 minute each, then rinsed with running ion-exchanged water and dried with an air gun. Then, oxygen plasma was applied to the wafer using an ashing device (NA-8000, manufactured by ULVAC) at an oxygen flow rate of 1500 mL/min, 50 Pa, MW 1500 W, and RF 200 W at 25°C for 120 seconds.
  • NA-8000 manufactured by ULVAC
  • the photosensitive resin composition was then spin-coated using a coater developer (D-Spin 60A model, manufactured by SOKUDO Corporation) so that the film thickness after curing would be approximately 8 ⁇ m, and the coating was pre-baked on a hot plate at 110°C for 240 seconds to form a coating film on the TEG wafer.
  • the wafer was then exposed to 800 mJ/ cm2 using a parallel light mask aligner (PLA-501FA model, manufactured by Canon Inc.). At this time, the Cu electrode portion was exposed while masked to prevent light irradiation in order to ensure conductivity during the b-HAST test, and the unexposed portion was removed in the subsequent development.
  • the film was subjected to rotary spray development using cyclopentanone as a developer at 23°C in a coater developer (D-Spin 60A, manufactured by SOKUDO Co., Ltd.) for a time 1.4 times the time required for the unexposed areas to completely dissolve and disappear, followed by rotary spray rinsing with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate for 10 seconds. Thereafter, the film was heated for 2 hours in a temperature-rising programmable curing oven (VF-2000, manufactured by Koyo Lindberg Co., Ltd.) under a nitrogen atmosphere at the temperatures listed in Tables 1 to 4 to obtain a cured relief pattern.
  • VF-2000 temperature-rising programmable curing oven
  • This sample was subjected to a b-HAST test at an applied voltage of 50 V in an environment of 130°C and 85% RH using an ion migration evaluation system (AMI-025-U-5, manufactured by Espec Corporation) and a highly accelerated life tester HAST chamber (EHS-222M, manufactured by Espec Corporation).
  • the insulation resistance value between the copper wirings was measured at 30-minute intervals, and breakdown was deemed to have occurred when it reached 1 x 10 4 ⁇ or less.
  • the time from the start of the test to breakdown was calculated and evaluated based on the following criteria. If the evaluation is C or higher, the composition can be suitably used as a cured relief pattern for semiconductors.
  • A 500 hours or more elapsed until dielectric breakdown.
  • B 300 hours or more but less than 500 hours elapsed until dielectric breakdown.
  • C 100 hours or more but less than 300 hours elapsed until dielectric breakdown.
  • D Less than 100 hours elapsed until dielectric breakdown.
  • the coating was exposed to i-line radiation using a lithography system (Ultratech AP-200, manufactured by Veeco) at a focus of 0 ⁇ m, with a dose of 50 mJ/ cm2 to 300 mJ/ cm2 in 25 mJ/ cm2 steps, using a lithography system with a diameter of 9 ⁇ m, a diameter of 10 ⁇ m, and a diameter of 11 ⁇ m.
  • a lithography system Ultratech AP-200, manufactured by Veeco
  • the coating was subjected to rotary spray development using a coater developer (D-Spin 60A, manufactured by SOKUDO Co., Ltd.) at 23°C using cyclopentanone as the developer for a time period 1.4 times the time required for the unexposed areas to completely dissolve and disappear, followed by a rotary spray rinse with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate for 10 seconds.
  • the coating was then heated for 2 hours in a temperature-programmable curing oven (VF-2000, manufactured by Koyo Lindberg Co., Ltd.) under a nitrogen atmosphere at the temperatures listed in Tables 1 to 4, yielding a cured relief pattern.
  • VF-2000 temperature-programmable curing oven
  • the circular hole pattern obtained from this sample was observed for its pattern shape and width using a field emission scanning electron microscope S-4800 (Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). If the circular hole had no hollows at the bottom, a forward tapered opening, and the area of the resulting circular hole opening was at least half the area of the corresponding pattern mask opening, it was considered to have been resolved, and the smallest diameter of the exposure mask among the resolved openings was shown as the evaluation result.
  • the resulting reaction solution was added to 3 L of ethyl alcohol to produce a precipitate consisting of a crude polymer.
  • the resulting crude polymer was filtered off and dissolved in 1.5 L of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution.
  • the resulting crude polymer solution was added dropwise to 28 L of water to precipitate the polymer, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and then vacuum dried to obtain powdered polymer A1 (polyimide precursor A1).
  • the molecular weight of polyimide precursor A1 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent), and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was found to be 24,000.
  • Production Example 2 (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Precursor A2 [0047] Except for using 155.1 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) instead of 147.1 g of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in the above Production Example 1 to obtain a polymer A2 (polyimide precursor A2). The molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A2 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 21,000.
  • ODPA 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride
  • BPDA 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Production Example 8 (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Resin A8 Polymer A8 (polyimide resin A8) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 6, except that NMP in Production Example 6 was changed to GBL, the amount of PDPE added was changed to 23.0 g (0.083 mol), and BCD was changed to 44.4 g (0.1 mol) of 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride (6FDA). The weight average molecular weight of polyimide resin A8 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) to find that Mw was 14,000.
  • Production Example 9 (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Resin A9 Polymer A9 (polyimide resin A9) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 6, except that NMP in Production Example 6 was changed to GBL, PDPE was changed to 30.1 g (0.088 mol) of 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene (BAFL), and BCD was changed to 19.6 g (0.1 mol) of 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic anhydride (CBDA). The weight average molecular weight of polyimide resin A9 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) to find that Mw was 29,000.
  • Example 1 Photosensitive resin compositions were prepared using the polyimide precursors A1 and A2 by the following method, and the prepared compositions were evaluated.
  • polyimide precursors polymers A1 and A2: 40 g of the polyimide precursor described in Production Example 1 and 60 g of the polyimide precursor described in Production Example 2;
  • B as heterocyclic compounds, B1: 0.5 g of 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.);
  • C as photopolymerization initiator, C1: 5 g of 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(O-benzoyl)oxime (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.);
  • E photopolymerizable monomer, E1: 5 g of NK Ester 4G (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.);
  • F thermal crosslinking agent, F1: 1 g of Nikalac
  • the viscosity of the resulting solution was adjusted to approximately 40 poise by adding the required amount of a GBL:DMSO solution at a mass ratio of 80:20 to obtain a photosensitive resin composition.
  • the composition was evaluated according to the method described above. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • Photosensitive resin compositions were prepared by dissolving the components other than the (D) solvent in the (D) solvent in the blending ratios shown in Tables 1 to 4, and adjusting the viscosity in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • the photosensitive resin compositions shown in Tables 1 to 3 were evaluated for copper adhesion and copper migration inhibition performance.
  • the photosensitive resin compositions shown in Table 4 were evaluated for copper adhesion and copper migration inhibition performance, as well as for resolution.
  • the results of the examples are shown in Tables 1 to 4.
  • the compounds (components (A) to (L)) listed in Tables 1 to 4 are as follows:
  • A Polyimide precursor/polyimide resin or comparative polymer
  • A1 Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 1
  • A2 Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 2
  • A3 Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 3
  • A4 Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 4
  • A5 Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 5
  • A6 Polyimide resin described in Production Example 6
  • A7 Polyimide resin described in Production Example 7
  • A8 Polyimide resin described in Production Example 8
  • A9 Polyimide resin described in Production Example 9
  • A1' ZCR-1797H (acid-modified epoxy acrylate having a biphenyl skeleton, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Photopolymerization initiator C1 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(O-benzoyl)oxime (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.)
  • E Photopolymerizable monomer
  • E1 tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate (trade name NK Ester 4G, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • E2 Tris-(2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate (product name: NK Ester A-9300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • E3 Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (product name: NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • E4 Tricyclodecane dimethanol dimethacrylate (product name: NK Ester DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • F Thermal crosslinking agent
  • F1 alkylated urea resin (product name: Nikalac MX-290, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • F2 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril (product name: Nikalac MX-270, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • G Silane coupling agent
  • G1 N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (product name: KBM573, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • G2 (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate (manufactured by Gelest)
  • G3 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • H Acid component H1: ( ⁇ )-mandelic acid (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) H2: p-toluenesulfonic acid (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • Comparative Examples 1 to 7 which do not satisfy the requirements of the present disclosure, are unable to improve both copper adhesion and copper migration performance (b-HAST test results).
  • Examples 1 to 51 which satisfy claim 1 of the present disclosure, show excellent performance in both copper adhesion and copper migration suppression performance.
  • Comparisons of Comparative Examples 2 to 4 and 6 with Examples 1 to 14, and comparisons of Comparative Example 5 with Example 40 show that use of the heterocyclic compound (B) of the present disclosure improves copper adhesion, and good copper adhesion is exhibited even at a high cure temperature of 250°C.
  • Comparative Example 1 shows that the use of the heterocyclic compound (B) of the present disclosure improves copper migration suppression performance and copper adhesion even at a low curing temperature of 200°C. Furthermore, a comparison between Comparative Example 7 and Example 41 shows that the use of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin of the present disclosure improves both copper adhesion and copper migration suppression performance.
  • Examples 1 to 9 and 14 a comparison of Examples 1 to 9 and 14 with Examples 10 to 13 reveals that (B) heterocyclic compounds of the present disclosure having structures of general formulas (3) to (5) are more preferable in terms of copper adhesion than those having structures of general formulas (1) or (2).
  • the reason for this is unclear and is not limited by theory, but it is presumed that the hydroxyl groups and carbonyl groups of the (B) heterocyclic compounds strengthen the interaction with copper.
  • Examples 1 and 15 to 17 have compositions with different contents of the heterocyclic compound (B).
  • Examples 1 and 16 in which the content is in the range of 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, are superior in copper adhesion or copper migration suppression performance.
  • Examples 36 to 39 use polyimide resin, but the (A) polyimide resin used in Examples 36, 37, and 39 does not contain fluorine, and therefore demonstrate better copper migration suppression performance than Example 38, which uses (A) polyimide resin that contains fluorine.
  • Example 1 shows that the inclusion of the thermal crosslinking agent (F) improves copper adhesion and copper migration suppression performance. Furthermore, a comparison of Example 1 with Examples 43 to 45 shows that the inclusion of the silane coupling agent (G) improves copper adhesion. Furthermore, a comparison of Examples 46 to 48 shows that the inclusion of the acid component (H) provides good copper migration suppression performance.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used in the field of photosensitive materials that are useful in the manufacture of electrical and electronic materials such as semiconductor devices and multilayer wiring boards. More specifically, it can be used, for example, to form relief patterns for insulating materials for electronic components, as well as passivation films, buffer coating films, and interlayer insulating films in semiconductor devices.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a photosensitive resin composition which comprises (A) a polyimide precursor and/or a polyimide resin, (B) a heterocyclic compound, and (C) a photoinitiator, and in which (B) the heterocyclic compound includes a compound represented by (b1) general formula (1) or (b2) general formula (2). (1) {In formula, R1 represents an organic group and R2 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.} (2) {In formula, R3 represents an organic group at least having one or more carbonyl groups.}

Description

感光性樹脂組成物、並びにこれを用いた硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法、硬化膜及びポリイミド膜の製造方法Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern using the same, and method for producing cured film and polyimide film

 本開示は、感光性樹脂組成物、並びにこれを用いた硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法、硬化膜及びポリイミド膜の製造方法に関するものである。 This disclosure relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a method for producing a cured relief pattern using the same, and a method for producing a cured film and a polyimide film.

 従来、電子部品の絶縁材料、及び半導体装置のパッシベーション膜、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜等には、優れた耐熱性、電気特性及び機械特性を併せ持つポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、フェノール樹脂等が用いられている。これらの樹脂の中でも、感光性樹脂組成物の形態で提供されるものは、該組成物の塗布、露光、現像、及びキュアによる熱イミド化処理によって、耐熱性のレリーフパターン皮膜を容易に形成することができる。このような感光性樹脂組成物は、従来の非感光型材料に比べて、大幅な工程短縮を可能にするという特徴を有している。 Conventionally, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, phenolic resins, and other resins, which combine excellent heat resistance and electrical and mechanical properties, have been used as insulating materials for electronic components, and for passivation films, surface protection films, and interlayer insulating films for semiconductor devices. Among these resins, those provided in the form of photosensitive resin compositions can easily form heat-resistant relief pattern films by applying the composition, exposing it to light, developing it, and subjecting it to a thermal imidization treatment that involves curing. Such photosensitive resin compositions have the advantage of enabling significant process reductions compared to conventional non-photosensitive materials.

 他方、近年は、集積度及び演算機能の向上、並びにチップサイズの矮小化の観点から、半導体装置のプリント配線基板への実装方法(パッケージング構造)も変化している。従来の金属ピンと鉛-スズ共晶ハンダによる実装方法から、より高密度実装が可能なBGA(ボールグリッドアレイ)、CSP(チップサイズパッケージング)等のように、ポリイミド被膜がハンダバンプに直接接触する構造が用いられるようになってきている。さらには、FO(ファンアウト)のように、半導体チップの表面に、その半導体チップの面積より大きな面積をもつ再配線層を複数層有する構造も提案されている(特許文献1参照)。 Meanwhile, in recent years, the methods of mounting semiconductor devices to printed wiring boards (packaging structures) have also changed in light of improvements in integration density and computing functionality, as well as the need to reduce chip size. Conventional mounting methods using metal pins and lead-tin eutectic solder have been replaced by structures in which a polyimide coating directly contacts the solder bumps, such as BGA (ball grid array) and CSP (chip size packaging), which enable higher-density mounting. Furthermore, structures have been proposed, such as FO (fan-out), which have multiple redistribution layers on the surface of a semiconductor chip, each with an area larger than the area of the semiconductor chip itself (see Patent Document 1).

 半導体装置の配線には銅がよく用いられるが、大きな面積を持つパッケージング構造では、異種材料の熱膨張係数の違いにより発生する応力によって、銅と層間絶縁材料の剥離に伴う電気特性の低下が特に問題になる。そのため、層間絶縁膜として用いられる材料には、銅との高い密着性が求められている。例えば特許文献2には、銅の変色の抑制及び密着性向上のためにプリン誘導体を用いることが記載されている。 Copper is often used for the wiring of semiconductor devices, but in large-area packaging structures, stress caused by differences in the thermal expansion coefficients of different materials can cause peeling between the copper and interlayer insulating material, resulting in a decrease in electrical properties, which can be a particular problem. For this reason, materials used as interlayer insulating films are required to have high adhesion to copper. For example, Patent Document 2 describes the use of purine derivatives to prevent copper discoloration and improve adhesion.

米国特許第10658199号明細書U.S. Pat. No. 1,065,8199 特開2012-194520号公報JP 2012-194520 A

 近年、半導体装置の高性能化、多機能化、低消費電力化、及び低コスト化のため、半導体素子や回路の配線幅の微細化が求められている。微細配線化が進むにつれ、層間絶縁膜についてもより高い解像性が重要視される。また、微細配線化によって配線幅が小さくなるため、樹脂層(層間絶縁膜)へ銅がマイグレーション(以下、本開示において「銅マイグレーション」ともいう。)し、配線間で短絡することがある。 In recent years, there has been a demand for finer wiring widths in semiconductor elements and circuits in order to improve the performance, increase functionality, reduce power consumption, and reduce costs of semiconductor devices. As finer wiring advances, higher resolution is also becoming more important for interlayer insulating films. Furthermore, as the wiring width becomes smaller with finer wiring, copper can migrate into the resin layer (interlayer insulating film) (hereinafter referred to as "copper migration" in this disclosure), causing short circuits between wiring.

 さらに、自動車用途又は携帯電話用途において半導体装置の応用が目覚ましく、この分野での半導体装置は高い信頼性を要求されており、高温高湿環境下における信頼性試験が行われている。 Furthermore, semiconductor devices are increasingly being used in automobiles and mobile phones, and high reliability is required of semiconductor devices in these fields, so reliability tests are being conducted in high-temperature, high-humidity environments.

 従来の層間絶縁膜は、高温高湿下での信頼性試験(b-HAST:Biased Highly Accelerated Stress Test)において、上述した銅マイグレーションが生じることがある。銅マイグレーションが生じると、特に微細配線化された半導体装置では配線間が短絡する原因となるため、絶縁膜としての性能を十分発揮できない。銅マイグレーションが進行すると、銅配線と樹脂層との界面でボイド(以下、本開示において「銅ボイド」ともいう。)が発生することがある。銅配線と樹脂層との界面で銅ボイドが発生すると、両者の密着性が低下し、樹脂が銅上から剥離することがあり、その結果、絶縁性が損なわれることがある。
 一方で、銅マイグレーション抑制能や膜物性等を向上するために樹脂を高温でキュアすることがあるが、従来の層間絶縁膜を高温でキュアすると、銅密着性が低下することがあった。
Conventional interlayer insulating films may experience the above-mentioned copper migration during reliability tests under high temperature and high humidity (b-HAST: Biased Highly Accelerated Stress Test). Copper migration, particularly in semiconductor devices with fine wiring, can cause short circuits between wiring, preventing the film from fully performing as an insulating film. As copper migration progresses, voids (hereinafter also referred to as "copper voids" in this disclosure) may occur at the interface between the copper wiring and the resin layer. When copper voids occur at the interface between the copper wiring and the resin layer, the adhesion between them may decrease, causing the resin to peel off from the copper, resulting in impaired insulation.
On the other hand, resins are sometimes cured at high temperatures to improve copper migration suppression and film properties, but curing conventional interlayer insulating films at high temperatures can sometimes result in a decrease in copper adhesion.

 よって、本開示は、高温キュア時においても高い銅密着性が得られ、b-HAST試験における銅マイグレーションが少ない、即ち長時間にわたり短絡せず、かつ、解像性の高い感光性樹脂組成物を提供することを目的の一つとする。また、本開示の感光性樹脂組成物を用いた硬化レリーフパターンの形成方法、硬化膜及びポリイミド膜の製造方法を提供することも目的の一つである。 Therefore, one of the objects of the present disclosure is to provide a photosensitive resin composition that achieves high copper adhesion even when cured at high temperatures, exhibits little copper migration in the b-HAST test, i.e., does not short circuit over long periods of time, and has high resolution. Another object is to provide a method for forming a cured relief pattern using the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, and a method for producing a cured film and a polyimide film.

 本発明者らは、感光性樹脂組成物中に、特定の複素環化合物を添加することによって、上記課題を解決することを見出した。本開示の実施形態の例を以下の項目[1]~[17]に列記する。
[1]
以下の成分:
(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂
(B)複素環化合物
(C)光重合開始剤
を含む感光性樹脂組成物であって、
 前記(B)複素環化合物が、
(b1)下記一般式(1):
{式中、Rは、有機基であり、Rは、水素原子又は有機基である。}で表される化合物、又は
(b2)下記一般式(2):
{式中、Rは、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}で表される化合物を含む、感光性樹脂組成物。
[2]
 前記(b1)化合物が、下記一般式(3):
{式中、Rは、炭素数1~10の、水酸基又はカルボニル基を少なくとも1つ以上有する有機基である。}で表される化合物、又は下記一般式(4):
{式中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10の、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}で表される化合物であり、
 前記(b2)化合物が、下記一般式(5):
{式中、Rは、炭素数1~6の、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}
で表される化合物である[1]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[3]
 前記感光性樹脂組成物が前記ポリイミド前駆体を含み、前記ポリイミド前駆体が、下記一般式(6):
{式中、Xは四価の有機基であり、Yは二価の有機基であり、nは2~150の整数であり、そしてR及びR10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は一価の有機基である。}
で表される、かつ/又は、前記感光性樹脂組成物が前記ポリイミド樹脂を含み、
 前記ポリイミド樹脂が、下記一般式(7):
{式中、Xは四価の有機基であり、Yは二価の有機基であり、nは2~150の整数である。}
で表される構造単位を有する、[1]又は[2]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[4]
 上記一般式(6)において、R及びR10の少なくとも一方が、下記一般式(8):
{式中、L、L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3の一価の有機基であり、そしてmは、2~10の整数である。}
で表される構造単位を有する、[3]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[5]
 前記(C)光重合開始剤が、光ラジカル重合開始剤である、[1]~[4]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[6]
 前記光ラジカル重合開始剤が、オキシム開始剤である、[5]に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[7]
 前記(A)成分100質量部に対する前記(B)成分の含有量が0.01~10質量部である、[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[8]
 (D)溶剤を更に含む、[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[9]
 (E)光重合性モノマーを更に含む、[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[10]
 (F)熱架橋剤を更に含む、[1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[11]
 (G)シランカップリング剤を更に含む、[1]~[10]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[12]
 (H)酸成分を含む、[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[13]
 前記感光性樹脂組成物は、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜、再配線用絶縁膜、フリップチップ装置用保護膜、又はバンプ構造を有する半導体装置の保護膜を形成するための感光性樹脂組成物である、[1]~[12]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[14]
 以下の工程:
 (1)[1]~[13]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を前記基板上に形成する工程と、
 (2)前記感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、
 (3)前記露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
 (4)前記レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程と
を含む、硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法。
[15]
 前記工程(4)の加熱処理は、170℃以上350℃以下の加熱処理である、[14]に記載の硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法。
[16]
 [1]~[13]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、硬化膜。
[17]
 [1]~[13]のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化することを含む、ポリイミド膜の製造方法。
The present inventors have found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by adding a specific heterocyclic compound to a photosensitive resin composition. Examples of embodiments of the present disclosure are listed in the following items [1] to [17].
[1]
Ingredients:
A photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) a polyimide precursor and/or a polyimide resin; (B) a heterocyclic compound; and (C) a photopolymerization initiator,
The heterocyclic compound (B) is
(b1) The following general formula (1):
{wherein R 1 is an organic group, and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group.}, or (b2) a compound represented by the following general formula (2):
{wherein R3 is an organic group having at least one carbonyl group.}.
[2]
The compound (b1) is represented by the following general formula (3):
{wherein R 4 is an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having at least one hydroxyl group or carbonyl group.}, or a compound represented by the following general formula (4):
{wherein R5 and R6 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having at least one carbonyl group.}
The compound (b2) is represented by the following general formula (5):
{In the formula, R7 is an organic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbonyl group.}
The photosensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the compound is represented by the formula:
[3]
The photosensitive resin composition contains the polyimide precursor, and the polyimide precursor is represented by the following general formula (6):
{In the formula, X1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y1 is a divalent organic group, n1 is an integer from 2 to 150, and R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.}
and/or the photosensitive resin composition contains the polyimide resin,
The polyimide resin is represented by the following general formula (7):
{In the formula, X2 is a tetravalent organic group, Y2 is a divalent organic group, and n2 is an integer from 2 to 150.}
The photosensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], having a structural unit represented by the following formula:
[4]
In the above general formula (6), at least one of R 9 and R 10 is a group represented by the following general formula (8):
{In the formula, L 1 , L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 1 represents an integer of 2 to 10.}
The photosensitive resin composition according to [3], having a structural unit represented by the following formula:
[5]
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the (C) photopolymerization initiator is a photoradical polymerization initiator.
[6]
The photosensitive resin composition according to [5], wherein the photoradical polymerization initiator is an oxime initiator.
[7]
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the content of the component (B) is 0.01 to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the component (A).
[8]
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7], further comprising (D) a solvent.
[9]
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], further comprising (E) a photopolymerizable monomer.
[10]
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], further comprising (F) a thermal crosslinking agent.
[11]
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], further comprising (G) a silane coupling agent.
[12]
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], further comprising (H) an acid component.
[13]
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [12], which is a photosensitive resin composition for forming a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for redistribution wiring, a protective film for a flip-chip device, or a protective film for a semiconductor device having a bump structure.
[14]
The following steps:
(1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13] onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate;
(2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light;
(3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern;
(4) A method for producing a cured relief pattern, comprising the step of: heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
[15]
The method for producing a cured relief pattern according to [14], wherein the heat treatment in the step (4) is a heat treatment at 170°C or higher and 350°C or lower.
[16]
A cured film comprising a cured product of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13].
[17]
A method for producing a polyimide film, comprising curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13].

 本開示によれば、高温キュアで高い銅密着性が得られ、b-HAST試験における銅マイグレーションが少なく、かつ、解像性が高い感光性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。また、該感光性樹脂組成物を用いた硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法、硬化膜及びポリイミド膜の製造方法を提供することができる。 This disclosure provides a photosensitive resin composition that achieves high copper adhesion through high-temperature curing, exhibits minimal copper migration in the b-HAST test, and has high resolution. It also provides methods for producing cured relief patterns using this photosensitive resin composition, and methods for producing cured films and polyimide films.

 以下、本開示の実施形態について詳細に説明する。本開示は、以下の実施形態に限定されるものではなく、その要旨の範囲内で種々変形して実施することができる。なお、本開示を通じ、一般式において同一符号で表されている構造は、分子中に複数存在する場合に、互いに同一であるか、又は異なっていてもよい。また、本開示の各数値範囲における上限値及び下限値は、任意に組み合わせて任意の数値範囲を構成することができる。 The following describes in detail the embodiments of the present disclosure. The present disclosure is not limited to the following embodiments, and various modifications can be made within the scope of the gist of the disclosure. Note that throughout this disclosure, structures represented by the same symbol in a general formula may be the same or different when multiple structures exist in a molecule. Furthermore, the upper and lower limit values of each numerical range in the present disclosure can be combined in any combination to form any numerical range.

<感光性樹脂組成物>
 本開示の感光性樹脂組成物は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂と、(B)複素環化合物と、(C)光重合開始剤とを含む。
 そして本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、(B)複素環化合物が、
(b1)下記一般式(1):
{式中、Rは、有機基であり、Rは、水素原子又は有機基である。}で表される化合物、又は
(b2)下記一般式(2):
{式中、Rは、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}で表される化合物を含む、ことを特徴とする。
 これにより、高温キュアで高い銅密着性が得られ、b-HAST試験における銅マイグレーションが少なく、かつ、解像性が高い感光性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 以下、各成分について詳細に説明する。
<Photosensitive resin composition>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure contains (A) a polyimide precursor and/or a polyimide resin, (B) a heterocyclic compound, and (C) a photopolymerization initiator.
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that the heterocyclic compound (B) is
(b1) The following general formula (1):
{wherein R 1 is an organic group, and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group.}, or (b2) a compound represented by the following general formula (2):
{wherein R3 is an organic group having at least one carbonyl group.}
This makes it possible to provide a photosensitive resin composition that exhibits high copper adhesion when cured at high temperatures, exhibits little copper migration in the b-HAST test, and has high resolution.
Each component will be described in detail below.

(A)ポリイミド前駆体
 (A)ポリイミド前駆体は、感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂成分であり、加熱環化処理を施すことによってポリイミドに変換される。(A)ポリイミド前駆体は、感光性樹脂組成物に使用することのできる樹脂であればその構造は制限されないが、アルカリ可溶性樹脂でないことが好ましい。(A)ポリイミド前駆体に使用する樹脂がアルカリ可溶性でないことで、高い耐薬品性や、より高い銅マイグレーション抑制能を得ることができるため好ましい。アルカリ可溶性ではないポリイミド前駆体を得るために、樹脂骨格中に酸性基を有さないことが好ましい。また、(A)ポリイミド前駆体はフッ素原子を有さないことも好ましい。これにより、銅マイグレーションをより抑制することができる。
(A) Polyimide Precursor The (A) polyimide precursor is a resin component contained in the photosensitive resin composition and is converted to a polyimide by a thermal cyclization treatment. The structure of the (A) polyimide precursor is not limited as long as it is a resin that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition, but it is preferably not an alkali-soluble resin. The resin used in the (A) polyimide precursor is preferably not alkali-soluble, since this allows for high chemical resistance and a higher copper migration suppression capability to be obtained. To obtain a polyimide precursor that is not alkali-soluble, it is preferable that the resin skeleton does not contain an acidic group. It is also preferable that the (A) polyimide precursor does not contain a fluorine atom. This allows for better suppression of copper migration.

 (A)ポリイミド前駆体は、下記一般式(6):
{式中、Xは四価の有機基であり、Yは二価の有機基であり、nは2~150の整数であり、そしてR及びR10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は一価の有機基である。}で表される構造を有するポリアミドが好ましい。
 上記式(6)で表されるポリイミド前駆体は、上記Yがカルボン酸基、フェノール性水酸基等の酸性基を有さない構造を有するポリアミドであることが好ましい。また、上記式(6)中、Xは、R又はR10が水素原子である場合に存在するカルボキシル基を除いて、酸性基を有さないことが好ましい。(A)ポリイミド前駆体は、構造中に酸性基を有しないことにより、アルカリ可溶性ではないポリイミド前駆体が得られやすい。
The polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (6):
{wherein X1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y1 is a divalent organic group, n1 is an integer of 2 to 150, and R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.} is preferred.
The polyimide precursor represented by the formula (6) is preferably a polyamide having a structure in which Y1 does not have an acidic group such as a carboxylic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group. Furthermore, in the formula (6), X1 preferably does not have an acidic group, except for a carboxyl group present when R9 or R10 is a hydrogen atom. Since the polyimide precursor (A) does not have an acidic group in its structure, it is easy to obtain a polyimide precursor that is not alkali-soluble.

 一般式(6)において、R及びR10の少なくとも一方は、光重合性官能基を含むことが好ましく、下記一般式(8):
 {式中、L、L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3の一価の有機基であり、そしてmは、2~10の整数である。}で表される構造単位を有することが好ましい。
In the general formula (6), at least one of R 9 and R 10 preferably contains a photopolymerizable functional group, and is represented by the following general formula (8):
{wherein L 1 , L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 1 represents an integer of 2 to 10.}

 一般式(6)におけるR及びR10が水素原子である割合は、R及びR10全体のモル数を基準として10モル%以下であることがより好ましく、5モル%以下であることがより好ましく、1モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。この割合とすることでアルカリ可溶性ではないポリイミド前駆体が得られやすい。
 また、一般式(6)におけるR及びR10が上記一般式(8)で表される一価の有機基である割合は、R及びR10全体のモル数を基準として70モル%以上であることが好ましく、80モル%以上であることがより好ましく、90モル%以上であることが更に好ましい。水素原子の割合、及び一般式(8)の有機基の割合が上記範囲にあることは、感光特性と保存安定性の観点から好ましい。
The proportion of hydrogen atoms in R9 and R10 in general formula (6) is more preferably 10 mol % or less, more preferably 5 mol % or less, and even more preferably 1 mol % or less, based on the total number of moles of R9 and R10. By setting this proportion, it is easy to obtain a polyimide precursor that is not alkali-soluble.
Furthermore, the proportion of R9 and R10 in general formula (6) that are monovalent organic groups represented by the above general formula (8) is preferably 70 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or more, and even more preferably 90 mol% or more, based on the total number of moles of R9 and R10 . It is preferable that the proportion of hydrogen atoms and the proportion of organic groups of general formula (8) are within the above ranges from the viewpoints of photosensitive properties and storage stability.

 一般式(6)におけるnは、2~150の整数であれば限定されないが、感光性樹脂組成物の感光特性及び機械特性の観点から、3~100の整数が好ましく、5~70の整数がより好ましい。 In the general formula (6), n1 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 2 to 150. From the viewpoint of the photosensitivity and mechanical properties of the photosensitive resin composition, n1 is preferably an integer of 3 to 100, and more preferably an integer of 5 to 70.

 一般式(6)中、Xで表される四価の有機基は、耐熱性と感光特性とを両立するという観点で、好ましくは炭素数6~40の有機基であり、より好ましくは、-COOR基及び-COOR10基と-CONH-基とが互いにオルト位置にある芳香族基、又は脂環式脂肪族基である。Xで表される四価の有機基として、具体的には、芳香族環を含有する炭素原子数6~40の有機基、例えば、下記一般式(9):
{式中、R11は水素原子、フッ素原子、炭素数1~10の一価の炭化水素基、及び炭素数1~10の一価の含フッ素炭化水素基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つであり、lは0~2から選ばれる整数であり、mは0~3から選ばれる整数であり、そしてnは0~4から選ばれる整数である。}で表される構造を有する基が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 また、Xの構造は1種でも2種以上の組み合わせでもよい。上記式(9)で表される構造を有するX基は、耐熱性と感光特性とを両立するという観点で特に好ましい。
In general formula (6), the tetravalent organic group represented by X1 is preferably an organic group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and photosensitive properties, and more preferably an aromatic group in which the -COOR9 group and the -COOR10 group are in the ortho position relative to the -CONH- group, or an alicyclic aliphatic group. Specific examples of the tetravalent organic group represented by X1 include organic groups having 6 to 40 carbon atoms and containing an aromatic ring, such as those represented by the following general formula (9):
{wherein R 11 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a monovalent fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, l is an integer selected from 0 to 2, m is an integer selected from 0 to 3, and n is an integer selected from 0 to 4.}, but is not limited to these.
The structure of X 1 may be one type or a combination of two or more types. The X 1 group having the structure represented by the above formula (9) is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and photosensitive properties.

 X基としては、上記式(9)で表される構造のなかでも特に、下記式(10):
{式中、R12は、フッ素原子、炭素数1~10の一価の炭化水素基、及び炭素数1~10の一価の含フッ素炭化水素基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つであり、そしてmは0~3から選ばれる整数である。}で表される四価の有機基は、低温加熱時のイミド化率、脱ガス性、銅密着性、耐薬品性などの観点から好ましい。
As the X1 group, among the structures represented by the above formula (9), particularly, those represented by the following formula (10):
A tetravalent organic group represented by the formula: {wherein R 12 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a monovalent fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and m is an integer selected from 0 to 3.} is preferred from the viewpoints of the imidization rate during low-temperature heating, degassing properties, copper adhesion, chemical resistance, etc.

 上記一般式(6)中、Yで表される二価の有機基は、耐熱性と感光特性とを両立するという観点で、好ましくは炭素数6~40の芳香族基であり、例えば、下記式(11):
{式中、R11は水素原子、フッ素原子、炭素数1~10の一価の炭化水素基、及び炭素数1~10の一価の含フッ素炭化水素基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つであり、lは0~4の整数であり、mは0~4の整数であり、そしてnは0~4から選ばれる整数である。}で表される構造が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。また、Yの構造は1種でも2種以上の組み合わせでもよい。上記式(11)で表される構造を有するY基は、耐熱性及び感光特性を両立するという観点で特に好ましい。
In the above general formula (6), the divalent organic group represented by Y1 is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and photosensitive properties, and is, for example, a group represented by the following formula (11):
{wherein R 11 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a monovalent fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, l is an integer of 0 to 4, m is an integer of 0 to 4, and n is an integer selected from 0 to 4.} However, the examples are not limited to these. The structure of Y 1 may be one type or a combination of two or more types. A Y 1 group having a structure represented by the above formula (11) is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and photosensitive properties.

 Y基としては、上記式(11)で表される構造のなかでも特に、下記式(12):
{式中、R11は、フッ素原子、炭素数1~10の一価の炭化水素基、及び炭素数1~10の一価の含フッ素炭化水素基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つであり、そしてlは0~4の整数であり、mは0~4から選ばれる整数である。}で表される二価の基は、低温加熱時のイミド化率、脱ガス性、銅密着性、耐薬品性などの観点から好ましい。
As the Y1 group, among the structures represented by the above formula (11), particularly, those represented by the following formula (12):
A divalent group represented by the formula: {wherein R 11 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a monovalent fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, l is an integer of 0 to 4, and m is an integer selected from 0 to 4.} is preferred from the viewpoints of the imidization rate during low-temperature heating, degassing properties, copper adhesion, chemical resistance, etc.

 上記一般式(8)におけるL、L及びLの炭素数1~3の一価の有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~3の炭化水素基、好ましくはアルキル基である。Lは、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましく、L及びLは、感光特性の観点から水素原子であることが好ましい。また、mは、感光特性の観点から2以上10以下の整数であり、好ましくは2以上4以下の整数である。 The monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms for L1 , L2 , and L3 in the general formula (8) is, for example, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group. L1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L2 and L3 are preferably hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of photosensitivity. Furthermore, m1 is an integer of 2 to 10, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, from the viewpoint of photosensitivity.

 一実施形態において、(A)ポリイミド前駆体は、下記一般式(13):
{式中、R12、R13、及びnは、上記式(6)で定義したR、R10及びnと同様である。}
で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前駆体であることが好ましい。
In one embodiment, the polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (13):
{In the formula, R 12 , R 13 , and n 1 are the same as R 9 , R 10 , and n 1 defined in the above formula (6).}
It is preferable that the polyimide precursor has a structural unit represented by the following formula:

 一般式(13)において、R12及びR13の少なくとも一方は、上記一般式(8)で表される一価の有機基であることがより好ましい。
(A)ポリイミド前駆体が、下記一般式(14):
で表されるXを構造単位中に含むことで、特に耐薬品性が高くなる。
In the general formula (13), at least one of R 12 and R 13 is more preferably a monovalent organic group represented by the above general formula (8).
(A) The polyimide precursor is represented by the following general formula (14):
By including X 1 represented by the following formula in the structural unit, chemical resistance is particularly enhanced.

 一実施形態において、(A)ポリイミド前駆体は、下記一般式(15):
{式中、R14、R15、及びnは、上記式(6)で定義したR、R10及びnと同様である。}
で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前駆体であることが熱物性の観点から好ましい。
In one embodiment, the polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (15):
{In the formula, R 14 , R 15 , and n 1 are the same as R 9 , R 10 , and n 1 defined in the above formula (6).}
From the viewpoint of thermal properties, it is preferable that the polyimide precursor has a structural unit represented by the following formula:

 一般式(15)において、R14及びR15の少なくとも一方は、上記一般式(8)で表される一価の有機基であることがより好ましい。 In the general formula (15), at least one of R 14 and R 15 is more preferably a monovalent organic group represented by the above general formula (8).

 (A)ポリイミド前駆体は、一般式(13)で表される構造単位と、一般式(15)で表される構造単位の両方を含むことにより、特に解像性が高くなる傾向がある。例えば、(A)ポリイミド前駆体は、一般式(13)で表される構造単位と、一般式(15)で表される構造単位との共重合体を含んでもよく、又は一般式(13)で表されるポリイミド前駆体と、一般式(15)で表されるポリイミド前駆体との混合物であってもよい。 (A) Polyimide precursor tends to have particularly high resolution when it contains both a structural unit represented by general formula (13) and a structural unit represented by general formula (15). For example, (A) polyimide precursor may contain a copolymer of a structural unit represented by general formula (13) and a structural unit represented by general formula (15), or may be a mixture of a polyimide precursor represented by general formula (13) and a polyimide precursor represented by general formula (15).

 (A)ポリイミド前駆体は、下記一般式(16):
{式中、R16、R17、及びnは、上記式(6)で定義したR、R10及びnと同様である。}
で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前駆体であることが好ましい。
The polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (16):
{In the formula, R 16 , R 17 , and n 1 are the same as R 9 , R 10 , and n 1 defined in the above formula (6).}
It is preferable that the polyimide precursor has a structural unit represented by the following formula:

 (A)ポリイミド前駆体は、下記一般式(17):
{式中、R18、R19、及びnは、上記式(6)で定義したR、R10及びnと同様である。}
で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前駆体であることが好ましい。(A)ポリイミド前駆体が、一般式(17)で表される構造単位を含むことで、特に耐薬品性が高くなる。
The polyimide precursor (A) is represented by the following general formula (17):
{In the formula, R 18 , R 19 , and n 1 are the same as R 9 , R 10 , and n 1 defined in the above formula (6).}
It is preferable that the polyimide precursor (A) contains a structural unit represented by the general formula (17). When the polyimide precursor (A) contains a structural unit represented by the general formula (17), chemical resistance is particularly improved.

 (A)ポリイミド前駆体は、溶剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物の全質量を基準として、好ましくは、10質量%~70質量%、より好ましくは20質量%~65質量%含まれる。 (A) The polyimide precursor is preferably contained in an amount of 10% to 70% by mass, and more preferably 20% to 65% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition including the solvent.

(A)ポリイミド前駆体の調製方法
 (A)ポリイミド前駆体は、まず前述の四価の有機基Xを含むテトラカルボン酸二無水物と、光重合性の不飽和二重結合を有するアルコール類、及び任意に不飽和二重結合を有さないアルコール類とを反応させて、部分的にエステル化したテトラカルボン酸(以下、アシッド/エステル体ともいう)を調製する。その後、部分的にエステル化したテトラカルボン酸と、前述の二価の有機基Yを含むジアミン類とをアミド重縮合させることにより得られる。
(A) Polyimide Precursor Preparation Method The polyimide precursor (A) is obtained by first reacting the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride containing the tetravalent organic group X1 with a photopolymerizable alcohol having an unsaturated double bond and, optionally, an alcohol having no unsaturated double bond to prepare a partially esterified tetracarboxylic acid (hereinafter also referred to as an acid/ester), and then subjecting the partially esterified tetracarboxylic acid to amide polycondensation with the above-mentioned diamine containing the divalent organic group Y1 .

(アシッド/エステル体の調製)
 (A)ポリイミド前駆体を調製するために好適に用いられる、四価の有機基Xを含むテトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、上記一般式(9)に示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物をはじめ、例えば、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物(ODPA)、ベンゾフェノン-3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビフェニル-3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)、ジフェニルスルホン-3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ジフェニルメタン-3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-無水フタル酸)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3,4-無水フタル酸)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。これらの中でも、テトラカルボン酸二無水物として、好ましくは、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物(ODPA)、及びビフェニル-3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)を挙げることができる。これらは単独で用いることができるのは勿論のこと、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
(Preparation of Acid/Ester Form)
(A) Examples of tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides containing a tetravalent organic group X1 that are suitable for preparing a polyimide precursor include the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the general formula (9) above, as well as, for example, pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA), benzophenone-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, biphenyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride (BPDA), diphenylsulfone-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, diphenylmethane-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-phthalic anhydride)propane, and 2,2-bis(3,4-phthalic anhydride)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, but are not limited thereto. Among these, preferred tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA), and biphenyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 (A)ポリイミド前駆体を調製するために好適に用いられる、光重合性の不飽和二重結合を有するアルコール類としては、例えば、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルアルコール、1-アクリロイルオキシ-3-プロピルアルコール、2-アクリルアミドエチルアルコール、メチロールビニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシエチルビニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-ブトキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-ブトキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-t-ブトキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-シクロヘキシルオキシプロピルアクリレート、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルアルコール、1-メタクリロイルオキシ-3-プロピルアルコール、2-メタクリルアミドエチルアルコール、メチロールビニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシエチルビニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシプロピルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-ブトキシプロピルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-ブトキシプロピルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-t-ブトキシプロピルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-シクロヘキシルオキシプロピルメタクリレート等を挙げることができる。 (A) Examples of alcohols having a photopolymerizable unsaturated double bond that are suitable for use in preparing a polyimide precursor include 2-acryloyloxyethyl alcohol, 1-acryloyloxy-3-propyl alcohol, 2-acrylamidoethyl alcohol, methylol vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-t-butoxypropyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxy-3-cyclopropyl acrylate. Examples include cyclohexyloxypropyl acrylate, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl alcohol, 1-methacryloyloxy-3-propyl alcohol, 2-methacrylamidoethyl alcohol, methylol vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-butoxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-t-butoxypropyl methacrylate, and 2-hydroxy-3-cyclohexyloxypropyl methacrylate.

 上記光重合性の不飽和二重結合を有するアルコール類に、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、t-ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、3-ペンタノール、ネオペンチルアルコール、1-ヘプタノール、2-ヘプタノール、3-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-オクタノール、3-オクタノール、1-ノナノール、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ベンジルアルコールなどの不飽和二重結合を有さないアルコール類を一部混合して用いることもできる。 The above-mentioned photopolymerizable alcohols having an unsaturated double bond can also be partially mixed with alcohols that do not have an unsaturated double bond, such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, t-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, neopentyl alcohol, 1-heptanol, 2-heptanol, 3-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-octanol, 3-octanol, 1-nonanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monomethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and benzyl alcohol.

 また、(A)ポリイミド前駆体として、上記不飽和二重結合を有さないアルコール類のみで調製された非感光性ポリイミド前駆体を、感光性ポリイミド前駆体と混合して用いてもよい。解像性の観点から、非感光性ポリイミド前駆体は、感光性ポリイミド前駆体100質量部を基準として、200質量部以下であることが好ましい。上記の好適なテトラカルボン酸二無水物と上記のアルコール類とを、ピリジン等の塩基性触媒の存在下、後述するような溶剤中、温度20~50℃で4~24時間に亘って撹拌溶解、混合することにより、酸無水物のエステル化反応が進行し、所望のアシッド/エステル体を得ることができる。 Furthermore, as the polyimide precursor (A), a non-photosensitive polyimide precursor prepared solely from the above-mentioned alcohols having no unsaturated double bonds may be used in combination with a photosensitive polyimide precursor. From the viewpoint of resolution, the amount of the non-photosensitive polyimide precursor is preferably 200 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive polyimide precursor. By stirring, dissolving, and mixing the above-mentioned suitable tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and the above-mentioned alcohols in a solvent described below at a temperature of 20 to 50°C for 4 to 24 hours in the presence of a basic catalyst such as pyridine, the esterification reaction of the acid anhydride proceeds, and the desired acid/ester can be obtained.

((A)ポリイミド前駆体の調製)
 上記アシッド/エステル体(典型的には後述する溶剤中の溶液)に、氷冷下、適当な脱水縮合剤、例えば、ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド、1-エトキシカルボニル-2-エトキシ-1,2-ジヒドロキノリン、1,1-カルボニルジオキシ-ジ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、N,N’-ジスクシンイミジルカーボネート等を投入混合してアシッド/エステル体をポリ酸無水物とした後、これに、二価の有機基Yを含むジアミン類を別途溶媒に溶解又は分散させたものを滴下投入し、アミド重縮合させることにより、目的のポリイミド前駆体を得ることができる。代替的には、上記アシッド/エステル体を、塩化チオニル等を用いてアシッド部分を酸クロライド化した後に、ピリジン等の塩基存在下に、ジアミン化合物と反応させることにより、目的のポリイミド前駆体を得ることができる。
(A) Preparation of Polyimide Precursor)
The acid/ester compound (typically a solution in a solvent described below) is mixed with an appropriate dehydration condensation agent, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, or N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, under ice cooling to convert the acid/ester compound into a polyacid anhydride, to which a diamine containing a divalent organic group Y1 , dissolved or dispersed in a separate solvent, is added dropwise to carry out amide polycondensation, thereby obtaining the desired polyimide precursor. Alternatively, the acid moiety of the acid/ester compound can be converted into an acid chloride using thionyl chloride or the like, and then the resulting mixture can be reacted with a diamine compound in the presence of a base such as pyridine to obtain the desired polyimide precursor.

 二価の有機基Yを含むジアミン類としては、下記一般式(18):
に示される構造を有するジアミンをはじめ、例えば、p-フェニレンジアミン(1,4―フェニレンジアミン(pPD))、m-フェニレンジアミン、4,4’-オキシジアニリン(ODA)、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン(TPE-Q)、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン(APB)、ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル〕スルホン、ビス〔4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル〕スルホン、4,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル〕エーテル、ビス〔4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル〕エーテル、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル〕プロパン、2,2-ビス〔4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル〕ヘキサフルオロプロパン(HFBAPP)、1,4-ビス(3-アミノプロピルジメチルシリル)ベンゼン、オルト-トリジンスルホン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン(BAFL)、及びこれらのベンゼン環上の水素原子の一部が、メチル基、エチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、ハロゲン等で置換されたもの、例えば3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジクロロ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、及びその混合物等が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。ジアミンとしては、好ましくは、4,4’-オキシジアニリン(ODA)、2,2’-ジメチルビフェニル-4,4’-ジアミン(m-TB)、及び1,4―フェニレンジアミン(pPD)を挙げることができる。これらのジアミンは単独で用いることができ、又は2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
The diamines containing the divalent organic group Y1 include those represented by the following general formula (18):
Examples of the diamines include those having the structure shown in the following formula: p-phenylenediamine (1,4-phenylenediamine (pPD)), m-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-oxydianiline (ODA), 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4 ... ,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene (TPE-Q), 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene (APB), bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 4,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4-bis(3-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis [4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ether, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ether, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane (HFBAPP), 1,4-bis(3-aminopropyldimethylsilyl)benzene, ortho-tolidine sulfonate Examples of diamines include, but are not limited to, 4,4'-oxydianiline (ODA), 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethytoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dichloro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and mixtures thereof. Preferred diamines include 4,4'-oxydianiline (ODA), 2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4'-diamine (m-TB), and 1,4-phenylenediamine (pPD). These diamines may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 アミド重縮合反応終了後、当該反応液中に共存している脱水縮合剤の吸水副生物を必要に応じて濾別した後、水、脂肪族低級アルコール、又はその混合液等の貧溶媒を、得られた重合体成分に投入し、重合体成分を析出させ、さらに、再溶解、再沈析出操作等を繰り返すことにより、重合体を精製し、真空乾燥を行い、目的のポリイミド前駆体を単離する。精製度を向上させるために、陰イオン及び/又は陽イオン交換樹脂を適当な有機溶剤で膨潤させて充填したカラムに、この重合体の溶液を通し、イオン性不純物を除去してもよい。 After the amide polycondensation reaction is complete, any water-absorbing by-products of the dehydrating condensing agent present in the reaction solution are filtered off as needed. A poor solvent such as water, aliphatic lower alcohol, or a mixture thereof is then added to the resulting polymer component to precipitate the polymer component. The polymer is then purified by repeated redissolution and reprecipitation procedures, and the polymer is then vacuum dried to isolate the desired polyimide precursor. To improve the degree of purification, the polymer solution may be passed through a column packed with anion and/or cation exchange resin swollen with an appropriate organic solvent to remove ionic impurities.

 上記(A)ポリイミド前駆体の分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーによるポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量で測定した場合に、8,000~150,000であることが好ましく、9,000~50,000であることがより好ましい。(A)ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量が8,000以上である場合、機械物性が良好であり、150,000以下である場合、現像液への分散性が良好で、レリーフパターンの解像性能が良好である。
 ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーの展開溶媒としては、テトラヒドロフラン、及びN-メチル-2-ピロリドンが推奨される。また、(A)ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量は、標準単分散ポリスチレンを用いて作成した検量線から求める。標準単分散ポリスチレンとしては、昭和電工(株)製 有機溶媒系標準試料 STANDARD SM-105から選ぶことが推奨される。
The molecular weight of the (A) polyimide precursor, as measured by gel permeation chromatography in terms of polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight, is preferably 8,000 to 150,000, and more preferably 9,000 to 50,000. When the (A) polyimide precursor has a weight average molecular weight of 8,000 or more, the mechanical properties are good, and when the (A) polyimide precursor has a weight average molecular weight of 150,000 or less, the dispersibility in a developer is good and the resolution performance of the relief pattern is good.
Tetrahydrofuran and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone are recommended as developing solvents for gel permeation chromatography. The weight-average molecular weight of the (A) polyimide precursor is determined from a calibration curve prepared using standard monodisperse polystyrenes. It is recommended that the standard monodisperse polystyrene be selected from the organic solvent-based standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko K.K.

(A)ポリイミド樹脂
 本開示の感光性樹脂組成物は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体と共に、又はこれに変えて、(A)ポリイミド樹脂を含んでもよい。
(A) Polyimide Resin The photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure may contain (A) a polyimide resin in addition to or instead of (A) the polyimide precursor.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂は、樹脂由来の脱離成分が発生しないため、感光性樹脂組成物の硬化収縮を抑制できる。そのため、ポリイミド前駆体に比べて、高いキュア残膜率を有し、かつ、改善されたキュア後平坦性を有する感光性樹脂組成物を得ることができる。 (A) Polyimide resin does not produce resin-derived detached components, which helps prevent the cure shrinkage of the photosensitive resin composition. Therefore, compared to polyimide precursors, it is possible to obtain a photosensitive resin composition with a higher cure residual film rate and improved post-cure flatness.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂は、側鎖に重合性基を有してもよいが、硬化膜の伸度及び保管安定性の観点から側鎖に重合性基を有さないほうが好ましい。(A)ポリイミド樹脂は、ポリアミック酸又はポリアミック酸エステル構造を実質的に含まないことが好ましい。本開示において「実質的に含まない」とは、例えばポリイミド樹脂のイミド化率が90%以上、好ましくは95%以上であることを意味する。 (A) Polyimide resin may have polymerizable groups in its side chains, but from the viewpoint of the elongation and storage stability of the cured film, it is preferable that it does not have polymerizable groups in its side chains. (A) Polyimide resin preferably does not substantially contain polyamic acid or polyamic acid ester structures. In this disclosure, "substantially does not contain" means, for example, that the imidization rate of the polyimide resin is 90% or more, preferably 95% or more.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂のイミド化率は公知の方法で測定できるが、本開示では以下の方法で算出する。まず、ポリイミド樹脂の赤外吸収スペクトルを測定し、イミド構造の吸収ピーク(1780cm-1付近、1377cm-1付近)の存在を確認する。次に、そのポリイミド樹脂を350℃で1時間、熱処理し、熱処理後の赤外吸収スペクトルを測定し、1377cm-1付近のピーク強度を熱処理前のピーク強度と比較することによって、ポリイミド樹脂のイミド化率を算出する。 (A) The imidization ratio of a polyimide resin can be measured by a known method, but in the present disclosure, it is calculated by the following method. First, the infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide resin is measured to confirm the presence of absorption peaks of the imide structure (near 1780 cm -1 and 1377 cm -1 ). Next, the polyimide resin is heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, and the infrared absorption spectrum after the heat treatment is measured. The peak intensity near 1377 cm -1 is compared with the peak intensity before the heat treatment to calculate the imidization ratio of the polyimide resin.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂は、溶媒への溶解性及びコート時平坦性の観点から、一般式(7)で表される構造を含んでいることが好ましい。また、これは溶剤現像タイプの感光性樹脂組成物に適する構造である。(A)ポリイミド樹脂は、銅マイグレーション抑制の観点から、アルカリ可溶性ではない樹脂であることが好ましい。更に、(A)ポリイミド樹脂が一般式(7)で表される構造を含む場合、X及び/Yにカルボン酸基及び、フェノール性水酸基等の酸性基を有さないことも好ましい。
 また、(A)ポリイミド樹脂はフッ素原子を有さないことも好ましい。これにより、銅マイグレーションをより抑制することができる。
{式中、Xは四価の有機基であり、Yは二価の有機基であり、nは2~150の整数である。}
From the viewpoints of solubility in solvents and flatness during coating, the polyimide resin (A) preferably contains a structure represented by general formula (7). This structure is also suitable for solvent-developable photosensitive resin compositions. From the viewpoint of suppressing copper migration, the polyimide resin (A) is preferably a resin that is not alkali-soluble. Furthermore, when the polyimide resin (A) contains a structure represented by general formula (7), it is also preferable that X2 and / Y2 do not contain acidic groups such as carboxylic acid groups and phenolic hydroxyl groups.
It is also preferable that the polyimide resin (A) does not contain fluorine atoms, which can further suppress copper migration.
{In the formula, X2 is a tetravalent organic group, Y2 is a divalent organic group, and n2 is an integer from 2 to 150.}

 Xは四価の有機基であり、既知のテトラカルボン酸二無水物に由来する構造であれば特に限定はしないが、硬化膜の高い銅密着性、高温保存試験後の銅ボイドの抑制、及びb-HAST試験における銅マイグレーション抑制、硬化膜の伸度、耐薬品性に優れ、且つ溶媒への溶解性の観点から、下記式(19)~(27)で示される構造を少なくとも1つ以上有することが好ましい。
X2 is a tetravalent organic group, and is not particularly limited as long as it has a structure derived from a known tetracarboxylic dianhydride. However, from the viewpoints of high copper adhesion of the cured film, suppression of copper voids after a high-temperature storage test, suppression of copper migration in a b-HAST test, excellent elongation and chemical resistance of the cured film, and solubility in solvents, it is preferable that X2 have at least one structure represented by the following formulas (19) to (27).

 また、Xは本開示の感光性樹脂組成物から得られる硬化膜の高温保存試験後の銅ボイドの抑制、b-HAST試験における銅マイグレーション抑制、硬化膜の伸度及び耐薬品性の観点から式(19)~(26)で示される構造を少なくとも1つ以上有することが好ましい。
 さらに、Xは本開示の感光性樹脂組成物から得られる硬化膜の耐熱性の観点から、式(19)~(21)及び(23)~(26)で示される構造を少なくとも1つ以上有することがさらに好ましい。
 加えて、Xは本開示の感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜均一性及び硬化膜の伸度が特に優れることから、式(19)及び(24)~(26)で示される構造を少なくとも1つ以上有することが特に好ましい。
Furthermore, from the viewpoints of suppressing copper voids after a high-temperature storage test of a cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, suppressing copper migration in a b-HAST test, and improving the elongation and chemical resistance of the cured film, it is preferable that X2 have at least one structure represented by formulas (19) to (26).
Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of a cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, it is more preferable that X2 has at least one structure represented by formulas (19) to (21) and (23) to (26).
In addition, it is particularly preferable that X2 has at least one structure represented by formulas (19) and (24) to (26), since the coating film uniformity and cured film elongation of the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure are particularly excellent.

 式(7)中のYは、二価の有機基であり、既知のジアミンに由来する構造であれば特に限定はしないが、硬化膜の高い銅密着性、及びb-HAST試験における銅マイグレーション抑制、硬化膜の伸度、耐薬品性に優れ、且つ溶媒への溶解性の観点から、下記式(28)~(36)で示される構造を少なくとも1つ以上有することが好ましい。
Y2 in formula (7) is a divalent organic group, and is not particularly limited as long as it is a structure derived from a known diamine. However, from the viewpoints of high copper adhesion of the cured film, inhibition of copper migration in the b-HAST test, excellent elongation and chemical resistance of the cured film, and solubility in solvents, it is preferable that Y2 have at least one structure represented by the following formulas (28) to (36).

 また、Yは本開示の感光性樹脂組成物から得られる硬化膜の高温保存試験後の銅ボイドの抑制、b-HAST試験における銅マイグレーション抑制、硬化膜の伸度及び耐薬品性の観点から、式(28)~(34)で示される構造を少なくとも1つ以上有することが好ましい。
 さらに、Yは本開示の感光性樹脂組成物から得られる硬化膜の機械特性の観点から、式(28)~(33)で示される構造を少なくとも1つ以上有することがさらに好ましい。
 加えて、Yは本開示の感光性樹脂組成物(一態様において、本開示のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物)の塗膜均一性及び硬化膜の伸度が特に優れることから、式(30)~(33)で示される構造を少なくとも1つ以上有することが特に好ましい。式(30)~(33)で示される構造が溶媒への溶解性に優れるのは、これらの構造がペンダントフェニル構造を有することに由来する。
Furthermore, Y2 preferably has at least one structure represented by formulas (28) to (34), from the viewpoints of suppressing copper voids after a high-temperature storage test of a cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, suppressing copper migration in a b-HAST test, and improving the elongation and chemical resistance of the cured film.
Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the mechanical properties of the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, it is more preferable that Y2 has at least one structure represented by formulas (28) to (33).
In addition, Y2 particularly preferably has at least one structure represented by formulas (30) to (33), because this results in particularly excellent coating film uniformity and cured film elongation of the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure (in one embodiment, the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure). The excellent solubility in solvents of the structures represented by formulas (30) to (33) is due to the fact that these structures have a pendant phenyl structure.

 式(7)中のnは、2~150の整数、好ましくは3~100の整数、より好ましくは5~70の整数である。nは、後述の(A)ポリイミド樹脂の重量平均分子量を満たす整数であることが好ましい。 In formula (7), n2 is an integer of 2 to 150, preferably an integer of 3 to 100, and more preferably an integer of 5 to 70. n2 is preferably an integer that satisfies the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide resin (A) described below.

 溶媒への溶解性の観点から、(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端(一態様において、(A)ポリイミド樹脂の側鎖末端又は(A)ポリイミド樹脂の主鎖末端)、好ましくは(A)ポリイミド樹脂の主鎖末端は、酸無水物基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、及び下記一般式(37)~(39)からなる群から選択される少なくとも一つの構造を有することが好ましい。
{式中、R20、R21は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、及び炭素数1~3の一価の有機基から選択され、R22はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭素数1~20の有機基であり、kは1~2の整数である。R23は、水素原子、及び炭素数1~4の有機基であり、*は(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端との結合部位を示す。}
{式中、R24、R25はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、及び炭素数1~3の一価の有機基である。また、*は(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端との結合部位を示す。}
{式中、R26、R27、R28はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~3の一価の有機基であり、jは2~10の整数である。また、*は(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端との結合部位を示す。}
From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferable that the terminal of the (A) polyimide resin (in one embodiment, the side chain terminal of the (A) polyimide resin or the main chain terminal of the (A) polyimide resin), preferably the main chain terminal of the (A) polyimide resin, has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an acid anhydride group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and the following general formulae (37) to (39):
{In the formula, R 20 and R 21 are each independently selected from a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R 22 is an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, k is an integer of 1 or 2, R 23 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and * indicates a bonding site with an end of the polyimide resin (A).}
(In the formula, R 24 and R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Also, * indicates the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A).)
{In the formula, R 26 , R 27 , and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and j represents an integer of 2 to 10. Additionally, * represents the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A).}

 酸無水物基は、原料のテトラカルボン酸無水物に由来し、カルボキシル基は前述の酸無水物基が開環したものであり、アミノ基は原料のジアミンに由来するものであることが好ましい。(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端が一般式(37)で表される構造である場合のより詳細な具体例としては、下記式(40)~(43)で表される構造が挙げられる。
{式中の*は(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端との結合部位を示す。}
It is preferred that the acid anhydride group is derived from the raw material tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, the carboxyl group is formed by ring-opening of the aforementioned acid anhydride group, and the amino group is derived from the raw material diamine. More specific examples of the (A) polyimide resin having a terminal structure represented by general formula (37) include structures represented by the following formulas (40) to (43).
(In the formula, * indicates the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A).)

 一般式(38)で示される構造の、より詳細な具体例としては、下記式(44)、(45)で表される構造が挙げられる。
{式中の*は(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端との結合部位を示す。}
More specific examples of the structure represented by general formula (38) include structures represented by the following formulae (44) and (45).
(In the formula, * indicates the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A).)

 一般式(39)で示される構造の、より詳細な具体例としては、下記式(46)~(49)で表される構造が挙げられる。
{式中の*は(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端との結合部位を示す。}
More specific examples of the structure represented by general formula (39) include structures represented by the following formulae (46) to (49).
(In the formula, * indicates the bonding site with the terminal of the polyimide resin (A).)

 硬化膜の高い銅密着性、高温保存試験後の銅ボイドの抑制、b-HAST試験における銅マイグレーション抑制、硬化膜の伸度、耐薬品性及び溶媒への溶解性の観点から、一般式(7)のXが一般式(19)~(27)で表されるいずれかの構造であり、かつ、Yが一般式(28)~(36)で表されるいずれかの構造であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoints of high copper adhesion of the cured film, suppression of copper voids after a high-temperature storage test, suppression of copper migration in a b-HAST test, elongation of the cured film, chemical resistance, and solubility in solvents, it is preferred that X2 in general formula (7) is any of the structures represented by general formulas (19) to (27), and Y2 is any of the structures represented by general formulas (28) to (36).

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、溶媒に溶解する範囲であれば特に限定しない。硬化膜の膜物性や銅密着性の観点から、(A)ポリイミド樹脂の重量平均分子量は、5,000以上100,000以下が好ましい。機械特性の観点から、(A)ポリイミド樹脂の重量平均分子量の下限値は6,000以上がより好ましく、8,000以上がさらに好ましい。また、(A)ポリイミド樹脂の重量平均分子量の上限値は、溶媒への溶解性及びコート時平坦性の観点から50,000以下がより好ましく、30,000以下が特に好ましい。 The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the (A) polyimide resin is not particularly limited as long as it is within the range in which it can be dissolved in a solvent. From the viewpoint of the film properties of the cured film and copper adhesion, the weight-average molecular weight of the (A) polyimide resin is preferably 5,000 or more and 100,000 or less. From the viewpoint of mechanical properties, the lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the (A) polyimide resin is more preferably 6,000 or more, and even more preferably 8,000 or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and flatness during coating, the upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the (A) polyimide resin is more preferably 50,000 or less, and particularly preferably 30,000 or less.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂の分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は、1.0以上2.0以下であることが好ましい。製造効率の観点から、(A)ポリイミド樹脂の分子量分布の下限値は1.15以上がより好ましく、1.25以上がさらに好ましい。(A)ポリイミド樹脂の分子量分布の上限値は、解像性の観点から、上限値は1.8以下がより好ましく、1.6以下がさらに好ましい。 The molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of the (A) polyimide resin is preferably 1.0 or more and 2.0 or less. From the viewpoint of production efficiency, the lower limit of the molecular weight distribution of the (A) polyimide resin is more preferably 1.15 or more, and even more preferably 1.25 or more. From the viewpoint of resolution, the upper limit of the molecular weight distribution of the (A) polyimide resin is more preferably 1.8 or less, and even more preferably 1.6 or less.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂は、溶剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物の全質量を基準として、好ましくは10質量%~70質量%、より好ましくは20質量%~65質量%含まれる。 (A) The polyimide resin is preferably contained in an amount of 10% to 70% by mass, and more preferably 20% to 65% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition including the solvent.

(A)ポリイミド樹脂の調製方法
 (A)ポリイミド樹脂は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンを反応させて得られるポリアミド酸を、脱水閉環してイミド化することで得られる。
(A) Method for Preparing Polyimide Resin (A) Polyimide resin is obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine to obtain a polyamic acid, and then subjecting the polyamic acid to dehydration ring closure to imidization.

 ポリアミド酸を脱水閉環させる方法は、限定されないが、例えば、ポリアミド酸を高温で加熱して脱水閉環する加熱イミド化法や、脱水還元剤である無水酢酸と3級アミンを添加して脱水閉環する化学イミド化法などが挙げられる。 The method for dehydrating and cyclizing polyamic acid is not limited, but examples include thermal imidization, in which polyamic acid is heated at high temperatures to dehydrate and cyclize, and chemical imidization, in which acetic anhydride and a tertiary amine, which are dehydrating and reducing agents, are added to dehydrate and cyclize polyamic acid.

 加熱イミド化法での温度は、特に限定しないが、閉環反応を促進する観点から、その下限値は150℃以上が好ましく、160℃以上が更に好ましい。一方、副反応を抑制する観点で、その上限値は200℃以下が好ましく、180℃以下がより好ましい。 The temperature in the thermal imidization method is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of promoting the ring-closing reaction, the lower limit is preferably 150°C or higher, and more preferably 160°C or higher. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing side reactions, the upper limit is preferably 200°C or lower, and more preferably 180°C or lower.

 テトラカルボン酸二無水物としては特に限定しないが、具体例としてはピロメリット酸無水物(PMDA)、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物(ODPA)、3,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、4,4’-ビフタル酸二無水物(BPDA)、3,4’-ビフタル酸二無水物、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物(BPADA)、9,9-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)フルオレン二無水物(BPAF)、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロペンタノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物(CpODA)、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物(BCD)、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸無水物(CBDA)及び4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物(6FDA)などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、テトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物(BCD)、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物(CBDA)、及び4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸二無水物(6FDA)等が好ましい。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is not particularly limited, but specific examples include pyromellitic anhydride (PMDA), 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (ODPA), 3,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-biphthalic dianhydride (BPDA), 3,4'-biphthalic dianhydride, 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride (BPADA), 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)fluorene dianhydride (BP AF), norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2"-norbornane-5,5",6,6"-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (CpODA), bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BCD), 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (CBDA), and 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride (6FDA). Among these, preferred tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BCD), 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (CBDA), and 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride (6FDA).

 ジアミンとしては特に限定しないが、具体例としては、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(DADPE)、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン(APB)、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン(TPE-Q)、2-フェノキシベンゼン-1,4-ジアミン(PND)、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン(BAFL)、6-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル-3-アミン(PDPE)、3,3’-ジフェニル-4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル(APBP-DP)、2,2-ビス[3-フェニル-4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン(DAOPPA)、2,2’-ジメチルベンジジン、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン(TFMB)、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン(HFBAPP)及び2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル-3,5-ジアミノベンゾエート(MAEDAB)などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、ジアミンとしては、6-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル-3-アミン(PDPE)、及び9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン(BAFL)等が好ましい。 Diamines are not particularly limited, but specific examples include 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE), 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene (APB), 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene (TPE-Q), 2-phenoxybenzene-1,4-diamine (PND), 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene (BAFL), 6-(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl-3-amine (PDPE), 3,3'-diphenyl Examples of diamines include 2,2-bis[3-phenyl-4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane (DAOPPA), 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (TFMB), 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane (HFBAPP), and 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl-3,5-diaminobenzoate (MAEDAB). Among these, preferred diamines include 6-(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl-3-amine (PDPE) and 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene (BAFL).

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端が、酸無水物基、カルボキシル基、及びアミノ基である場合、(A)ポリイミド樹脂は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンを反応させて得られるポリアミド酸を、脱水閉環してイミド化させて得られるポリイミド樹脂である。(A)ポリイミド樹脂の末端の酸無水物基、カルボキシル基、及びアミノ基と所定の化合物とを反応させて、末端を、上記一般式(37)~(39)で表される構造としてもよい。 When the terminals of the (A) polyimide resin are acid anhydride groups, carboxyl groups, and amino groups, the (A) polyimide resin is a polyimide resin obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine to obtain a polyamic acid, which is then subjected to dehydration ring closure to form an imidized polyamic acid. The acid anhydride groups, carboxyl groups, and amino groups at the terminals of the (A) polyimide resin may also be reacted with a specific compound to form the terminals into structures represented by the above general formulas (37) to (39).

 末端が一般式(37)で表される構造である(A)ポリイミド樹脂は、例えば、ポリイミド末端のアミノ基をイソシアネート系化合物と反応させることで得られる。イソシアネート系化合物の具体例としては、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート(2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート:MOI)、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアナート、1,1-(ビスアクリロイルオキシメチル)エチルイソシアネート、及び2-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルオキシ)エチルイソシアナートなどが挙げられる。イソシアネート系化合物を反応させる方法は特に限定しないが、脱水閉環したポリイミド溶液にイソシアネート系化合物を加えて室温下で撹拌することで、脱水閉環したポリイミドのアミノ基と反応させることができる。 (A) Polyimide resins whose terminals have a structure represented by general formula (37) can be obtained, for example, by reacting the amino groups at the polyimide terminals with an isocyanate compound. Specific examples of isocyanate compounds include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate: MOI), 2-acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, 1,1-(bisacryloyloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate, and 2-(2-methacryloyloxyethyloxy)ethyl isocyanate. The method for reacting the isocyanate compound is not particularly limited; however, the isocyanate compound can be added to a dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide solution and stirred at room temperature to react with the amino groups of the dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide.

 末端が一般式(38)で表される構造である(A)ポリイミド樹脂は、例えば、ポリイミド末端のアミノ基をクロライド系化合物と反応させることで得られる。クロライド系化合物としては、アクリロイルクロライド、及びメタクリロイルクロライドなどが挙げられる。クロライド系化合物を反応させる方法としては特に限定しないが、脱水閉環したポリイミド溶液を氷冷し、クロライド系化合物を滴下によって加えることで脱水閉環したポリイミドのアミノ基と反応させることができる。 (A) Polyimide resin, whose terminals have a structure represented by general formula (38), can be obtained, for example, by reacting the amino groups at the polyimide terminals with a chloride compound. Examples of chloride compounds include acryloyl chloride and methacryloyl chloride. There are no particular restrictions on the method for reacting the chloride compound; however, the dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide solution can be ice-cooled and the chloride compound can be added dropwise to react with the amino groups of the dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide.

 末端が一般式(39)で表される構造である(A)ポリイミド樹脂は、例えば、ポリイミド末端の酸無水物基及びカルボキシル基をアルコール系化合物と反応させることで得られる。アルコール系化合物としては、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート:HEMA)、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、メタクリル酸4-ヒドロキシエチル、及びアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシエチルなどが挙げられる。アルコール系化合物を反応させる方法としては特に限定しないが、N,N’-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)などの縮合剤や、p-トルエンスルホン酸などのエステル化触媒を用いて、脱水閉環したポリイミドの酸無水物基及びカルボキシル基とアルコール系化合物とを反応させることができる。 (A) Polyimide resins whose terminals have a structure represented by general formula (39) can be obtained, for example, by reacting the acid anhydride groups and carboxyl groups at the polyimide terminals with an alcohol-based compound. Examples of alcohol-based compounds include 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate: HEMA), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 4-hydroxyethyl acrylate. The method for reacting the alcohol-based compound is not particularly limited, but the acid anhydride groups and carboxyl groups of the dehydrated, ring-closed polyimide can be reacted with the alcohol-based compound using a condensing agent such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or an esterification catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂の製造において、反応を均一系で効率的に行うために反応溶媒を用いてもよい。
 反応溶媒としては、テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ジアミン、及び末端に重合性官能基を有する化合物を均一に溶解又は懸濁できるものであれば特に限定はしない。
 反応溶媒としては、例えば、γ-ブチロラクトン(GBL)、ジメチルスルホキシド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアセトアミド、1,3-ジメチル―2-イミダゾリジノン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、及びN,N-ジメチルアセトアミドなどが挙げられる。
In the production of the (A) polyimide resin, a reaction solvent may be used to efficiently carry out the reaction in a homogeneous system.
The reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly dissolve or suspend the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, diamine, and compound having a polymerizable functional group at its terminal.
Examples of reaction solvents include γ-butyrolactone (GBL), dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylacetoacetamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N,N-dimethylacetamide.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂の製造において、加熱イミド化法を用いる場合には、イミド化反応促進のために共沸溶媒を用いてもよい。
 共沸溶媒としては、水と共沸する溶媒であれば特に限定しないが、トルエン、酢酸エチル、N-ジクロヘキシルピロリドン、オルトジクロロベンゼン、キシレン、及びベンゼンなどが挙げられる。
When a thermal imidization method is used in the production of the (A) polyimide resin, an azeotropic solvent may be used to promote the imidization reaction.
The azeotropic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent that forms an azeotrope with water, and examples thereof include toluene, ethyl acetate, N-dicyclohexylpyrrolidone, orthodichlorobenzene, xylene, and benzene.

 (A)ポリイミド樹脂は、特許文献2(特開2012-194520号公報)などに記載の方法で精製を行ってもよい。
 例えば、精製法としては、(A)ポリイミド樹脂溶液を水に滴下して再沈殿により未反応物を除去する方法、濾別して反応溶媒に不溶の縮合剤などを除去する方法、イオン交換樹脂によって触媒を除去する方法などが挙げられる。これら精製を行った後、(A)ポリイミド樹脂は既知の方法で乾燥を行い、粉末状態として単離してもよい。
The polyimide resin (A) may be purified by a method described in Patent Document 2 (JP 2012-194520 A) or the like.
For example, examples of the purification method include a method in which the (A) polyimide resin solution is dropped into water to remove unreacted materials by reprecipitation, a method in which the condensing agent insoluble in the reaction solvent is removed by filtration, a method in which the catalyst is removed by an ion exchange resin, etc. After these purification steps, the (A) polyimide resin may be dried by a known method and isolated in a powder state.

(B)複素環化合物
 (B)複素環化合物は、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物(b1)、又は下記一般式(2)で表される化合物(b2)を含む。
{式中、Rは、有機基であり、Rは、水素原子又は有機基である。}
{式中、Rは、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}
(B) Heterocyclic Compound The (B) heterocyclic compound includes a compound (b1) represented by the following general formula (1) or a compound (b2) represented by the following general formula (2).
{In the formula, R 1 is an organic group, and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group.}
{In the formula, R3 is an organic group having at least one carbonyl group.}

 一般式(1)におけるRは、有機基であれば特に限定されないが、分岐鎖又は直鎖状のアルキル基、芳香族基又はカルボキシル基であってもよく、また、官能基(例えば、アセチル基やアセトキシ基等)を有していてもよい。Rとしては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の有機基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基や、フェニル基、トリル基及びキシリル基等が挙げられる。
 また、Rは、水素原子又は有機基であれば特に限定されないが、分岐鎖又は直鎖状のアルキル基、芳香族基又はカルボキシル基であってもよく、また、官能基(例えば、アセチル基やアセトキシ基等)を有していてもよい。Rとしては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の有機基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、フェニル基、トリル基及びキシリル基等が挙げられる。
 一般式(2)におけるRは、カルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基であれば特に限定されないが、分岐鎖又は直鎖状のアルキル基、芳香族基又はカルボキシル基であってもよく、また、Rは、官能基を有していてもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~10の有機基である。例えば、官能基としては、アセチル基やアセトキシ基が挙げられる。
R1 in general formula (1) is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic group, but it may be a branched or linear alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a carboxyl group, and may also have a functional group (for example, an acetyl group or an acetoxy group). R1 is preferably an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, or a xylyl group.
R2 is not particularly limited as long as it is a hydrogen atom or an organic group, but may be a branched or linear alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a carboxyl group, and may also have a functional group (for example, an acetyl group or an acetoxy group). R2 is preferably an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, or a xylyl group.
R3 in general formula (2) is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic group having one or more carbonyl groups, but may be a branched or linear alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a carboxyl group, and R3 may also have a functional group, preferably an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the functional group include an acetyl group and an acetoxy group.

 (B)複素環化合物が、上記一般式(1)で表される化合物(b1)、又は上記一般式(2)で表される化合物(b2)を含むことで、低温キュア(本開示において、200℃以下のキュア)だけでなく、高温キュア(本開示において、250℃以上のキュア)でも優れた銅密着性が得られる。また、高温キュアはもちろんのこと、低温キュアでも銅マイグレーション抑制効果、銅ボイド抑制効果を得ることができる。
 その理由は定かではなく、理論に拘束されないが、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物が上記式(1)又は(2)で表されるプリン化合物を含むと、プリン骨格中の窒素原子に付随する非共有電子対が銅へ作用して銅界面に偏在し、そして6位がケトンであることによりできる1位の二級アミンが、ポリイミド前駆体やポリイミドと水素結合を形成することで、ポリイミド樹脂が銅と相互作用して銅密着力を向上することができると考えられる。また、プリン化合物が銅界面に偏在することで、銅界面での酸化反応を強く抑制し、それにより銅マイグレーション及び銅ボイドが抑制できると考えられる。
When the (B) heterocyclic compound contains the compound (b1) represented by the general formula (1) above or the compound (b2) represented by the general formula (2) above, excellent copper adhesion can be obtained not only by low-temperature curing (curing at 200° C. or less in the present disclosure) but also by high-temperature curing (curing at 250° C. or more in the present disclosure). Furthermore, the copper migration suppression effect and copper void suppression effect can be obtained not only by high-temperature curing but also by low-temperature curing.
The reason for this is unclear, and without being bound by theory, it is believed that when the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment contains a purine compound represented by formula (1) or (2), the unshared electron pair associated with the nitrogen atom in the purine skeleton acts on copper and is unevenly distributed at the copper interface, and the secondary amine at the 1-position, which is formed by the ketone at the 6-position, forms a hydrogen bond with the polyimide precursor or polyimide, thereby allowing the polyimide resin to interact with copper and improve copper adhesion. Furthermore, the uneven distribution of the purine compound at the copper interface is thought to strongly suppress oxidation reactions at the copper interface, thereby suppressing copper migration and copper voids.

 一般式(1)で表される(B)複素環化合物(b1)として、具体的には、例えば、ガンシクロビル、グアノシン、3’-アミノ-2’,3’-ジデオキシグアノシン、ペンシクロビル、2-[2-イソブチルアミド-6-オキソ-1H-プリン-9(6H)-イル]酢酸、2-{2-[(tert-ブトキシカルボニル)アミノ]-6-オキソ-1H-プリン-9(6H)-イル}酢酸、N-アセチル-ジ-O-アセチルガンシクロビル、N-アセチルアシクロビル、N-イソブチリル-2’-デオキシグアノシン、9-エチルグアニン、N-イソブチリルグアノシン、2-アミノ-9-フェニル-1H-プリン-6(9H)-オン、N,9-ジアセチルグアニン、9-[(2-アセトキシエトキシ)メチル]-N-アセチルグアニンが挙げられる。これらの中でも、銅密着性及び銅マイグレーション抑制の観点で、ガンシクロビル、グアノシン、3’-アミノ-2’,3’-ジデオキシグアノシン、ペンシクロビル、2-[2-イソブチルアミド-6-オキソ-1H-プリン-9(6H)-イル]酢酸、N-アセチル-ジ-O-アセチルガンシクロビル、N,9-ジアセチルグアニンであることが好ましく、更に好ましくはN,9-ジアセチルグアニンである。 Specific examples of the heterocyclic compound (b1) (B) represented by general formula (1) include ganciclovir, guanosine, 3'-amino-2',3'-dideoxyguanosine, penciclovir, 2-[2-isobutylamido-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl]acetic acid, 2-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl}acetic acid, N-acetyl-di-O-acetylganciclovir, N-acetylacyclovir, N 2 -isobutyryl-2'-deoxyguanosine, 9-ethylguanine, N 2 -isobutyrylguanosine, 2-amino-9-phenyl-1H-purin-6(9H)-one, N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine, and 9-[(2-acetoxyethoxy)methyl]-N 2 -acetylguanine. Among these, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion and copper migration inhibition, ganciclovir, guanosine, 3'-amino-2',3'-dideoxyguanosine, penciclovir, 2-[2-isobutylamido-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl]acetic acid, N-acetyl-di-O-acetylganciclovir, and N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine are preferred, and N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine is more preferred.

 一般式(2)で表される(B)複素環化合物(b2)として、具体的には、例えば、2-アセトアミド-6-ヒドロキシプリン、N-(6-オキソ-6,7-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)イソブチルアミド、N-ピバロイルグアニン、N-(6-オキソ-6,9-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)ベンズアミドが挙げられる。これらの中でも、銅密着性及び銅マイグレーション抑制の観点で、2-アセトアミド-6-ヒドロキシプリン、N-(6-オキソ-6,7-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)イソブチルアミド、N-ピバロイルグアニンであることが好ましく、更に好ましくは2-アセトアミド-6-ヒドロキシプリン、N-(6-オキソ-6,7-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)イソブチルアミドである。なお、これらを樹脂組成物に添加する際は、水和物の形態であってもよい。 Specific examples of the heterocyclic compound (b2) (B) represented by general formula (2) include 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine, N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide, N 2 -pivaloylguanine, and N-(6-oxo-6,9-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)benzamide. Among these, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion and copper migration inhibition, 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine, N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide, and N 2 -pivaloylguanine are preferred, and 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine and N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide are more preferred. Note that when these are added to the resin composition, they may be in the form of a hydrate.

 特に高温キュア時の銅密着性の観点から、(B)複素環化合物は、下記一般式(3)、(4)又は(5)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
{式中、Rは、炭素数1~10の、水酸基又はカルボニル基を少なくとも1つ以上有する有機基である。}
{式中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10の、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}
{式中、Rは、炭素数1~6の、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}
In particular, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion during high-temperature curing, the heterocyclic compound (B) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3), (4) or (5).
{In the formula, R4 is an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having at least one hydroxyl group or carbonyl group.}
{In the formula, R5 and R6 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and at least one carbonyl group.}
{In the formula, R7 is an organic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbonyl group.}

 一般式(3)におけるRは、水酸基又はカルボニル基を有する炭素数1~10の有機基であれば特に限定しないが、前述の官能基を有する分岐鎖又は直鎖状の炭素数1~10のアルキル基や芳香族基であってもよい。例えば、官能基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、アセチル基及びアセトキシ基等が挙げられる。 R4 in general formula (3) is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having a hydroxyl group or a carbonyl group, but may also be a branched or linear alkyl group or aromatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having the above-mentioned functional group. Examples of the functional group include a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, an acetyl group, and an acetoxy group.

 一般式(4)におけるR及びRのカルボニル基を有する炭素数1~10の有機基は、前述の官能基を有する分岐鎖又は直鎖状の炭素数1~10のアルキル基や芳香族基であってもよい。好ましくは、官能基としては、炭素数1~5のカルボニル基を有するアルキル基、例えば、アセチル基、アセトキシ基が挙げられる。 The carbonyl-containing organic group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R5 and R6 in general formula (4) may be a branched or linear alkyl group or aromatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having the above-mentioned functional group. Preferred examples of the functional group include alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and having a carbonyl group, such as an acetyl group or an acetoxy group.

 一般式(5)におけるRのカルボニル基を有する炭素数1~6の有機基は、前述の官能基を有する分岐鎖又は直鎖状の炭素数1~6のアルキル基や芳香族基であってもよい。例えば、官能基としては、アセチル基及びアセトキシ基が挙げられる。 The carbonyl-containing organic group of R7 in general formula (5) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be a branched or linear alkyl group or aromatic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and having the above-mentioned functional group. Examples of the functional group include an acetyl group and an acetoxy group.

 一般式(3)で表される(B)複素環化合物として、具体的には、例えば、ガンシクロビル、グアノシン、3’-アミノ-2’,3’-ジデオキシグアノシン、ペンシクロビルが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the heterocyclic compound (B) represented by general formula (3) include ganciclovir, guanosine, 3'-amino-2',3'-dideoxyguanosine, and penciclovir.

 一般式(4)で表される(B)複素環化合物として、具体的には、例えば、2-[2-イソブチルアミド-6-オキソ-1H-プリン-9(6H)-イル]酢酸、2-{2-[(tert-ブトキシカルボニル)アミノ]-6-オキソ-1H-プリン-9(6H)-イル}酢酸、N-アセチル-ジ-O-アセチルガンシクロビル、N,9-ジアセチルグアニンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the heterocyclic compound (B) represented by general formula (4) include 2-[2-isobutylamido-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl]acetic acid, 2-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl}acetic acid, N-acetyl-di-O-acetylganciclovir, and N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine.

 一般式(5)で表される(B)複素環化合物として、具体的には、例えば、2-アセトアミド-6-ヒドロキシプリン、N-(6-オキソ-6,7-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)イソブチルアミド、N-ピバロイルグアニン、N-(6-オキソ-6,9-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)ベンズアミド、2-アセトアミド-6-ヒドロキシプリン、N-(6-オキソ-6,7-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)イソブチルアミドが挙げられる。なお、これらを樹脂組成物に添加する際は、水和物の形態であってもよい。 Specific examples of the heterocyclic compound (B) represented by general formula (5) include 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine, N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide, N 2 -pivaloylguanine, N-(6-oxo-6,9-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)benzamide, 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine, and N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide. When these compounds are added to the resin composition, they may be in the form of a hydrate.

 (B)複素環化合物の含有量は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.001質量部以上20質量部以下、より好ましくは0.005質量部以上15質量部以下であり、より好ましくは0.01質量部以上10質量部以下である。上記含有量は、銅密着性及び銅マイグレーション抑制の観点で十分な効果を発揮するために0.01質量部以上であることが好ましく、銅密着性、銅マイグレーション抑制及び組成物への溶解性の観点で10質量部以下が好ましく、更には5質量部以下がより好ましい。理由は定かではなく、理論に限定されないが、上記含有量の上限を10質量部以下とすることで、銅層とポリイミド樹脂層の間に脆弱な層が発生しにくいため銅密着性が良好となり、かつ、樹脂層中のイオン成分が必要以上に増加せず、銅マイグレーション抑制も良好となると推測される。 The content of the (B) heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.001 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin. The content is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more to achieve sufficient effects in terms of copper adhesion and copper migration inhibition, and is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, from the viewpoints of copper adhesion, copper migration inhibition, and solubility in the composition. The reason for this is unclear and not limited by theory, but it is presumed that by setting the upper limit of the content to 10 parts by mass or less, a brittle layer is less likely to form between the copper layer and the polyimide resin layer, resulting in good copper adhesion, and the ionic components in the resin layer do not increase more than necessary, thereby providing good copper migration inhibition.

(C)光重合開始剤
 (C)光重合開始剤について説明する。(C)光重合開始剤としては、光酸発生剤や光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることができるが、光感度向上や銅マイグレーション抑制の観点からは、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフェノン、o-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルケトン、ジベンジルケトン、フルオレノン等のベンゾフェノン誘導体、
 2,2’-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオフェノン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のアセトフェノン誘導体、
 チオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン、2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、ジエチルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン誘導体、
 ベンジル、ベンジルジメチルケタール、ベンジル-β-メトキシエチルアセタール等のベンジル誘導体、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル等のベンゾイン誘導体、
 1-フェニル-1,2-ブタンジオン-2-(o-メトキシカルボニル)オキシム、1-フェニル-1,2-プロパンジオン-2-(o-メトキシカルボニル)オキシム、1-フェニル-1,2-プロパンジオン-2-(o-エトキシカルボニル)オキシム、1-フェニル-1,2-プロパンジオン-2-(o-ベンゾイル)オキシム、1,3-ジフェニルプロパントリオン-2-(o-エトキシカルボニル)オキシム、1-フェニル-3-エトキシプロパントリオン-2-(o-ベンゾイル)オキシム等のオキシム類、
 N-フェニルグリシン等のN-アリールグリシン類、ベンゾイルパークロライド等の過酸化物類、芳香族ビイミダゾール類及び、チタノセン類等が好ましく挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 上記の光ラジカル重合開始剤の中では、特に光感度の点で、オキシム類(オキシム開始剤)が好ましい。一態様において、光感度の観点から、光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、オキシム開始剤であることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤としては、α-(n-オクタンスルフォニルオキシイミノ)-4-メトキシベンジルシアニド、ジアリールスルホニウム塩、トリアリールスルホニウム塩、ジアルキルフェナシルスルホニウム塩、ジアリールヨードニウム塩、アリールジアゾニウム塩、芳香族テトラカルボン酸エステル、芳香族スルホン酸エステル及び、ナフトキノンジアジド-4-スルホン酸エステルなどが好ましく挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(C) Photopolymerization Initiator The photopolymerization initiator (C) will be described. As the photopolymerization initiator (C), a photoacid generator or a photoradical polymerization initiator can be used, but from the viewpoint of improving photosensitivity and suppressing copper migration, a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferred.
Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include benzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl ketone, dibenzyl ketone, fluorenone and other benzophenone derivatives;
acetophenone derivatives such as 2,2'-diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropiophenone, and 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone;
thioxanthone, thioxanthone derivatives such as 2-methylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, and diethylthioxanthone;
benzil, benzil dimethyl ketal, benzil-β-methoxyethyl acetal and other benzil derivatives; benzoin, benzoin methyl ether and other benzoin derivatives;
oximes such as 1-phenyl-1,2-butanedione-2-(o-methoxycarbonyl)oxime, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(o-methoxycarbonyl)oxime, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(o-ethoxycarbonyl)oxime, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(o-benzoyl)oxime, 1,3-diphenylpropanetrione-2-(o-ethoxycarbonyl)oxime, and 1-phenyl-3-ethoxypropanetrione-2-(o-benzoyl)oxime;
Preferred examples include N-arylglycines such as N-phenylglycine, peroxides such as benzoyl perchloride, aromatic biimidazoles, and titanocenes, but are not limited to these.
Among the above photoradical polymerization initiators, oximes (oxime initiators) are preferred, particularly in terms of photosensitivity. In one embodiment, from the viewpoint of photosensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably an oxime initiator.
Preferred examples of the photoacid generator include, but are not limited to, α-(n-octanesulfonyloxyimino)-4-methoxybenzyl cyanide, diarylsulfonium salts, triarylsulfonium salts, dialkylphenacylsulfonium salts, diaryliodonium salts, aryldiazonium salts, aromatic tetracarboxylic acid esters, aromatic sulfonic acid esters, and naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid esters.

 (C)光重合開始剤の含有量は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1質量部以上20質量部以下であり、より好ましくは1質量部以上8質量部以下であり、さらに好ましくは1質量部以上5質量部以下である。上記含有量は、光感度又はパターニング性の観点で0.1質量部以上であり、感光性樹脂組成物の硬化後の感光性樹脂層の物性の観点から20質量部以下であることが好ましい。 The content of (C) photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 8 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less, relative to 100 parts by mass of (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin. From the viewpoint of photosensitivity or patterning ability, the content is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of the physical properties of the photosensitive resin layer after curing of the photosensitive resin composition, the content is preferably 20 parts by mass or less.

(D)溶剤
 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物では(D)溶剤を含有してもよく、以下(D)溶剤について説明する。溶剤としては、アミド類、スルホキシド類、ウレア類、ケトン類、エステル類、ラクトン類、エーテル類、ハロゲン化炭化水素類、炭化水素類、アルコール類等が挙げられ、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、シュウ酸ジエチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸ブチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ベンジルアルコール、フェニルグリコール、テトラヒドロフルフリルアルコール、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、モルフォリン、ジクロロメタン、1,2-ジクロロエタン、1,4-ジクロロブタン、クロロベンゼン、o-ジクロロベンゼン、アニソール、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、メシチレン等を使用することができる。中でも、樹脂の溶解性、樹脂組成物の安定性、及び基板への密着性の観点から、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、酢酸ブチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ベンジルアルコール、フェニルグリコール、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド及びテトラヒドロフルフリルアルコールが好ましい。
(D) Solvent The photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may contain a solvent (D), which will be described below. Examples of the solvent include amides, sulfoxides, ureas, ketones, esters, lactones, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, and alcohols. Examples of the solvent include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethylurea, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, diethyl oxalate, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, butyl lactate, and γ-butyronitrile. Lactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl glycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, morpholine, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, anisole, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene, etc. Among these, from the viewpoints of resin solubility, resin composition stability, and substrate adhesion, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethylurea, butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl glycol, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol are preferred.

 このような溶剤の中で、とりわけ、(A)ポリイミド前駆体を完全に溶解するものが好ましく、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、γ-ブチロラクトン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド等が挙げられる。特に、感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布したときの面内均一性の観点から、γ-ブチロラクトン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドであることが好ましい。 Among these solvents, those that completely dissolve the (A) polyimide precursor are particularly preferred, such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethylurea, γ-butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide. In particular, γ-butyrolactone and 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide are preferred from the viewpoint of in-plane uniformity when the photosensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate.

 (D)溶剤は1種であってもよいし、2種以上の溶剤を混ぜて使ってもよいが、感光性樹脂組成物の安定性を適切に調整する観点から、2種以上であることが好ましい。本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物が(D)溶剤を2種以上含む場合においては、(D)溶剤の50重量%以上は、面内均一性の観点から、γ-ブチロラクトン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドのいずれか一方であることが好ましく、γ-ブチロラクトンであることがさらに好ましい。 The (D) solvent may be one type, or two or more types may be mixed together, but from the viewpoint of appropriately adjusting the stability of the photosensitive resin composition, two or more types are preferred. When the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment contains two or more (D) solvents, from the viewpoint of in-plane uniformity, 50% by weight or more of the (D) solvents are preferably either gamma-butyrolactone or 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and more preferably gamma-butyrolactone.

 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物において、(D)溶剤の含有量は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは100~1000質量部であり、より好ましくは120~700質量部であり、さらに好ましくは125~500質量部の範囲である。 In the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment, the content of (D) solvent is preferably 100 to 1,000 parts by mass, more preferably 120 to 700 parts by mass, and even more preferably 125 to 500 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin.

(E)光重合性モノマー
 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(E)光重合性モノマーを更に含有してもよい。(E)光重合性モノマーを使用すると、露光時に感光性樹脂組成物の架橋が進むことで解像性が良好になり、硬化膜の透湿性が低下することで銅マイグレーション抑制効果も得られる。
 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対し、光重合性モノマーを5質量部以上150質量部以下含むことが好ましい。良好な解像性を得るためには、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(E)光重合性モノマーを5質量部以上含むことが好ましく、10質量部以上含むことがより好ましく、20質量部以上含むことがさらに好ましい。一方で、(E)光重合性モノマーを多く含み過ぎると、銅密着性が低下することがある。
 理由は定かではなく、理論に限定されないが、(E)光重合性モノマーが多いことで、銅層と感光性樹脂層の間に脆弱な層が発生し、銅密着性が低下することが推測される。
 上記下限値と任意に組み合わせることのできる上限値は、銅密着性の観点から150質量部以下であることが好ましく、100質量部以下であることがより好ましく、50質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。
(E) Photopolymerizable Monomer The photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment may further contain (E) a photopolymerizable monomer. Use of (E) a photopolymerizable monomer promotes crosslinking of the photosensitive resin composition upon exposure, improving resolution, and also reduces the moisture permeability of the cured film, thereby providing an effect of suppressing copper migration.
The photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains 5 to 150 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable monomer per 100 parts by mass of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin. To obtain good resolution, the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains 5 parts by mass or more of the (E) photopolymerizable monomer, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more. On the other hand, if the (E) photopolymerizable monomer is contained in too much amount, copper adhesion may be reduced.
The reason for this is not clear and is not limited to a specific theory, but it is speculated that the high content of (E) photopolymerizable monomer causes a weak layer to form between the copper layer and the photosensitive resin layer, resulting in reduced copper adhesion.
The upper limit, which can be arbitrarily combined with the above lower limit, is preferably 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably 100 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion.

 (E)光重合性モノマーとは、光重合開始剤及び熱重合開始剤によりラジカル重合反応する化合物であれば特に制限を受けないが、(メタ)アクリル化合物であることが好ましく、例えば下記一般式(50):
{式中、X11は、有機基であり、L11、L12及びL13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3の一価の有機基である。n11は、1~10の整数である。}で表される。
The photopolymerizable monomer (E) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that undergoes a radical polymerization reaction with a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator, but is preferably a (meth)acrylic compound, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (50):
{In the formula, X 11 is an organic group, L 11 , L 12 and L 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and n 11 is an integer of 1 to 10.}

 (E)光重合性モノマーは、特に以下に限定するものではないが、ジエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレートなどの、エチレングリコール又はポリエチレングリコールのモノ又はジアクリレート及びメタクリレート;プロピレングリコール又はポリプロピレングリコールのモノ又はジアクリレート及びメタクリレート、グリセロールのモノ、ジ又はトリアクリレート及びメタクリレート、シクロヘキサンジアクリレート及びジメタクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールのジアクリレート及びジメタクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールのジアクリレート及びジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールのジアクリレート及びジメタクリレート、ビスフェノールAのモノ又はジアクリレート及びメタクリレート、ベンゼントリメタクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート及びメタクリレート、アクリルアミド及びその誘導体、メタクリルアミド及びその誘導体、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート及びメタクリレート、グリセロールのジ又はトリアクリレート及びメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールのジ、トリ、又はテトラアクリレート及びメタクリレート、並びにこれら化合物のエチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイド付加物等の化合物を挙げることができる。より具体的には、下記式(51)及び(52):
で表される化合物が挙げられるが、上記に限定されるものではない。
(E) Photopolymerizable monomers include, but are not limited to, mono- or diacrylates and methacrylates of ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, such as diethylene glycol dimethacrylate and tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate; mono- or diacrylates and methacrylates of propylene glycol or polypropylene glycol; mono-, di-, or triacrylates and methacrylates of glycerol; cyclohexane diacrylate and dimethacrylate; diacrylate and dimethacrylate of 1,4-butanediol; and diacrylate and dimethacrylate of 1,6-hexanediol. acrylate, diacrylate and dimethacrylate of neopentyl glycol, mono- or diacrylate and methacrylate of bisphenol A, benzene trimethacrylate, isobornyl acrylate and methacrylate, acrylamide and its derivatives, methacrylamide and its derivatives, trimethylolpropane triacrylate and methacrylate, di- or triacrylate and methacrylate of glycerol, di-, tri-, or tetraacrylate and methacrylate of pentaerythritol, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide adducts of these compounds. More specifically, compounds represented by the following formulas (51) and (52):
Examples of the compound include, but are not limited to, compounds represented by the following formula:

 本開示では、(E)光重合性モノマーのラジカル重合性基の数が一つの場合、単官能と呼び、二つ以上の場合、ラジカル重合性基の数xに従い、x官能基と呼ぶが、二官能以上をまとめて多官能と呼ぶ場合もある。
 (E)光重合性モノマーは、単官能であってもよく、二官能以上であってもよい。銅マイグレーション抑制の観点から、(E)光重合性モノマー(例えば、ラジカル重合性化合物)は、三官能以上であることが好ましく、四官能以上であることがさらに好ましく、六官能以上であることがより好ましい。一方で、銅密着性の観点より、(E)光重合性モノマーは、十官能以下であることが好ましい。
In the present disclosure, when the number of radical polymerizable groups in the (E) photopolymerizable monomer is one, it is referred to as a monofunctional group, and when the number is two or more, it is referred to as an x-functional group according to the number x of radical polymerizable groups, but bifunctional or more functional groups may also be collectively referred to as polyfunctional.
The (E) photopolymerizable monomer may be monofunctional or may be difunctional or higher. From the viewpoint of suppressing copper migration, the (E) photopolymerizable monomer (e.g., a radical polymerizable compound) is preferably trifunctional or higher, more preferably tetrafunctional or higher, and even more preferably hexafunctional or higher. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion, the (E) photopolymerizable monomer is preferably decafunctional or lower.

 (E)光重合性モノマーの分子量(一態様において、重量平均分子量)は、100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがさらに好ましく、300以上であることがより好ましい。上限値としては1000以下であることが好ましく、800以下であることがさらに好ましい。(E)光重合性モノマーの重量平均分子量を上記範囲とすることで、解像性が向上する。 (E) The molecular weight (in one embodiment, the weight average molecular weight) of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more. The upper limit is preferably 1000 or less, and even more preferably 800 or less. By setting the weight average molecular weight of the photopolymerizable monomer (E) within the above range, resolution is improved.

 また、(E)光重合性モノマーは、水酸基又はウレア基を含有してもよい。 Furthermore, (E) the photopolymerizable monomer may contain a hydroxyl group or a urea group.

 分子中に水酸基を有する(E)光重合性モノマーとしては、下記一般式(53):
{式中、X11は、炭素数1~200の有機基であり、L11、L12及びL13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3の一価の有機基である。n11は、1~10の整数であり、n12は、1~10の整数である。}で表される構造が挙げられる。上記式(53)中、L11は水素原子、又はメチル基であり、L12、L13は水素原子であることがラジカル反応性の観点より好ましい。
 分子中に水酸基を有する(E)光重合性モノマーとしてより具体的には、下記式(54):
で表される化合物が挙げられるが、上記に限定されるものではない。
 (E)光重合性モノマーが分子構造中に水酸基を有することで、銅密着性が良好となる。(E)光重合性モノマー分子構造中の水酸基の数は、1つ以上が好ましく、2つ以上がさらに好ましい。分子構造中の水酸基の上限値としては、10以下が好ましく、6つ以下がより好ましく、3つ以下がさらに好ましい。(E)光重合性モノマーの水酸基の数を上記範囲とすることで、基板への銅密着性が良好になる。
The photopolymerizable monomer (E) having a hydroxyl group in the molecule includes a monomer represented by the following general formula (53):
{In the formula, X 11 is an organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and L 11 , L 12 and L 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. n 11 is an integer of 1 to 10, and n 12 is an integer of 1 to 10.} In terms of radical reactivity, it is preferable that in the above formula (53), L 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 12 and L 13 are each a hydrogen atom.
More specifically, the photopolymerizable monomer (E) having a hydroxyl group in the molecule is represented by the following formula (54):
Examples of the compound include, but are not limited to, compounds represented by the following formula:
(E) The photopolymerizable monomer has hydroxyl groups in its molecular structure, which improves copper adhesion. The number of hydroxyl groups in the (E) photopolymerizable monomer molecular structure is preferably one or more, and more preferably two or more. The upper limit of the number of hydroxyl groups in the molecular structure is preferably 10 or less, more preferably six or less, and even more preferably three or less. By setting the number of hydroxyl groups in the (E) photopolymerizable monomer within the above range, copper adhesion to the substrate is improved.

 分子中にウレア基を有する(E)光重合性モノマーは、下記一般式(55):
{式中、X20、X21、X22及びX23はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、下記一般式(56)で表される基を有する一価の有機基、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭素数1~20の一価の有機基であり、X20、X21、X22及びX23の少なくとも一つが下記一般式(56)で表される基を有する一価の有機基である。}
{式中、L11、L12及びL13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3の一価の有機基である。}で表わすことができる。上記式(56)中、L11は水素原子、又はメチル基であり、L12、L13は水素原子であることがラジカル反応性の観点より好ましい。
The photopolymerizable monomer (E) having a urea group in the molecule is represented by the following general formula (55):
{In the formula, X 20 , X 21 , X 22 and X 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a group represented by the following general formula (56), or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, and at least one of X 20 , X 21 , X 22 and X 23 is a monovalent organic group having a group represented by the following general formula (56).}
{In the formula, L 11 , L 12 and L 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.} In the above formula (56), it is preferable that L 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 12 and L 13 represent hydrogen atoms, from the viewpoint of radical reactivity.

 ヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、窒素原子、リン原子、及び硫黄原子等を挙げることができる。 Heteroatoms include oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, phosphorus atoms, and sulfur atoms.

 式(55)中のX20、X21、X22及びX23が、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい、炭素数1~20の一価の有機基である場合、解像性の観点から酸素原子を含むことがより好ましい。X20、X21、X22及びX23の炭素数は1~20であれば限定されないが、耐熱性の観点から炭素数1~10が好ましく、3~10がより好ましい。
 式(55)中のX20、X21、X22及びX23は互いに結合して環状構造を有してもよいが、耐薬品性の観点から、環状構造を有さない方が好ましい。X20、X21、X22及びX23が互いに結合して環状構造を有することで、ウレア基の結合角の自由度が失われ、強固な水素結合の形成が困難になる。
 他の分子と水素結合を形成する観点から、X20、X21、X22及びX23の少なくとも一つは水素原子であることが好ましい。一方で、溶解性の観点から、X20、X21、X22及びX23の水素原子は、2つ以下であることが好ましい。
 具体的には、下記式(57):
で表される化合物が例示される。
When X20 , X21 , X22 and X23 in formula (55) are monovalent organic groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, they more preferably contain an oxygen atom from the viewpoint of resolution. The number of carbon atoms in X20 , X21 , X22 and X23 is not limited as long as it is 1 to 20, but from the viewpoint of heat resistance, they preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
In formula (55), X20 , X21 , X22 , and X23 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, but from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, it is preferable that they do not have a cyclic structure. When X20 , X21 , X22 , and X23 are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, the degree of freedom of the bond angle of the urea group is lost, making it difficult to form a strong hydrogen bond.
From the viewpoint of forming hydrogen bonds with other molecules, it is preferable that at least one of X 20 , X 21 , X 22 and X 23 is a hydrogen atom, while from the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferable that the number of hydrogen atoms in X 20 , X 21 , X 22 and X 23 is two or less.
Specifically, the following formula (57):
Examples include compounds represented by the following formula:

 また、分子中に水酸基を少なくとも1つ以上と、ウレア基を少なくとも1つ以上を有する(E)光重合性モノマー(ラジカル重合性化合物)は、例えば、下記一般式(58):
{式中、X30、X31、X32及びX33はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、下記一般式(59)で表される基を有する一価の有機基、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭素数1~20の一価の有機基であり、X30、X31、X32、X33の少なくとも一つが下記一般式(59)で表される基を有する一価の有機基であり、少なくとも一つが水酸基である。}
{式中、L11、L12及びL13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3の一価の有機基である。}で表すことができる。上記式(59)中、L11は水素原子、又はメチル基であり、L12、L13は水素原子であることがラジカル反応性の観点より好ましい。
The photopolymerizable monomer (radical polymerizable compound) (E) having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one urea group in the molecule is, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (58):
{In the formula, X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a group represented by the following general formula (59), or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, and at least one of X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 is a monovalent organic group having a group represented by the following general formula (59), and at least one is a hydroxyl group.}
{In the formula, L 11 , L 12 and L 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.} In the above formula (59), it is preferable that L 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 12 and L 13 represent hydrogen atoms, from the viewpoint of radical reactivity.

 式(58)中、X30、X31、X32及びX33が、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい、炭素数1~20の一価の有機基である場合、解像性の観点から酸素原子を含むことがより好ましい。X30、X31、X32及びX33の炭素数は1~20であれば限定されないが、耐熱性の観点から炭素数1~10が好ましく、3~10がより好ましい。
 式(58)中のX30、X31、X32、X33は互いに結合して環状構造を有してもよいが、耐薬品性の観点から、環状構造を有さない方が好ましい。
 X30、X31、X32及びX33が互いに結合して環状構造を有することで、ウレア基の結合角の自由度が失われ、強固な水素結合の形成が困難になる。
 他の分子と水素結合を形成する観点から、X30、X31、X32及びX33の少なくとも一つは水素原子であることが好ましい。一方で、溶解性の観点から、X30、X31、X32及びX33の水素原子は、2つ以下であることが好ましい。
 分子中に水酸基を少なくとも1つ以上と、ウレア基を少なくとも1つ以上を有する光重合性モノマー(E)は、具体的には、下記式(60):
で表わされる化合物が例示される。
In formula (58), when X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 are monovalent organic groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a heteroatom, they more preferably contain an oxygen atom from the viewpoint of resolution. The number of carbon atoms in X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 is not limited as long as it is 1 to 20, but from the viewpoint of heat resistance, they preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
In the formula (58), X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, but from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, it is preferable that no cyclic structure is formed.
When X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, the degree of freedom of the bond angle of the urea group is lost, making it difficult to form a strong hydrogen bond.
From the viewpoint of forming hydrogen bonds with other molecules, it is preferable that at least one of X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 is a hydrogen atom. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferable that the number of hydrogen atoms in X 30 , X 31 , X 32 and X 33 is two or less.
Specifically, the photopolymerizable monomer (E) having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one urea group in the molecule is represented by the following formula (60):
Examples of the compound are compounds represented by the following formula:

 (E)光重合性モノマーのうち、ウレア基を有する光重合性モノマーの製造方法は、特に限定されないが、例えばラジカル重合性基を有するイソシアネート化合物とアミン含有化合物とを反応させることによって得ることができる。上記アミン含有化合物が、イソシアネートと反応しうる水酸基等の官能基を含む場合、上記イソシアネート化合物の一部が、水酸基等の官能基と反応した化合物を含んでいてもよい。 (E) Among the photopolymerizable monomers, the photopolymerizable monomer having a urea group may be produced by any method, but it can be obtained, for example, by reacting an isocyanate compound having a radical polymerizable group with an amine-containing compound. If the amine-containing compound contains a functional group such as a hydroxyl group that can react with isocyanate, part of the isocyanate compound may contain a compound that has reacted with the functional group such as a hydroxyl group.

 (E)光重合性モノマーは、1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。(E)光重合性モノマーを2種以上混合して用いる場合、架橋密度を制御する観点から、6種以下であることが好ましく、4種以下であることがさらに好ましい。 (E) Photopolymerizable monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more (E) photopolymerizable monomers are used in combination, from the viewpoint of controlling the crosslink density, it is preferable that the number of types be six or less, and more preferably four or less.

 複数の(E)光重合性モノマーを混合して用いる場合、複数の(E)光重合性モノマーのうち、少なくとも一つの(E)光重合性モノマーの官能基数が異なることが好ましい。3つ以上の(E)光重合性モノマーを用いる場合は、そのうちの少なくとも一つの官能基数が異なっていればよいが、すべての(E)光重合性モノマーの官能基数が異なることが好ましい。複数の(E)光重合性モノマーを用いる場合、破断伸度の観点から、単官能光重合性モノマーを少なくとも一つ含むことが好ましい。 When using a mixture of multiple (E) photopolymerizable monomers, it is preferable that at least one of the multiple (E) photopolymerizable monomers has a different number of functional groups. When using three or more (E) photopolymerizable monomers, it is sufficient that at least one of them has a different number of functional groups, but it is preferable that all of the (E) photopolymerizable monomers have different numbers of functional groups. When using multiple (E) photopolymerizable monomers, it is preferable to include at least one monofunctional photopolymerizable monomer from the standpoint of breaking elongation.

(F)熱架橋剤
 硬化膜の銅マイグレーションを抑制させるために、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(F)熱架橋剤を任意に含むことができる。
(F) Thermal Crosslinking Agent In order to suppress copper migration in the cured film, the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may optionally contain (F) a thermal crosslinking agent.

 (F)熱架橋剤は、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたレリーフパターンを加熱硬化する際に、架橋を形成するものであれば特に制限されないが、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂と(F)熱架橋剤、(F)熱架橋剤同士、及び(F)熱架橋剤とその他成分と反応し架橋体を形成することができる。その反応温度としては、150℃以上が好ましい。 The (F) thermal crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it forms crosslinks when the relief pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment is heat-cured, but it can react with the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin and the (F) thermal crosslinking agent, with each other, or with other components to form a crosslinked product. The reaction temperature is preferably 150°C or higher.

 (F)熱架橋剤の例としては、アルコキシメチル化合物、エポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物、ビスマレイミド化合物、アリル化合物、及びブロックイソシアネート化合物等が挙げられる。硬化収縮抑制の観点から(F)熱架橋剤は窒素原子を含むことが好ましい。 Examples of the (F) thermal crosslinking agent include alkoxymethyl compounds, epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, bismaleimide compounds, allyl compounds, and blocked isocyanate compounds. From the perspective of suppressing cure shrinkage, it is preferable that the (F) thermal crosslinking agent contain a nitrogen atom.

 アルコキシメチル化合物の例としては、下記式(61)で表される化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
Examples of the alkoxymethyl compound include, but are not limited to, compounds represented by the following formula (61):

 また、市販品のアルコキシメチル化合物としては、アルキル化尿素樹脂(製品名 ニカラック MX290(株)三和ケミカル製)や、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)グリコールウリル(製品名 ニカラック MX270 (株)三和ケミカル製)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available alkoxymethyl compounds include alkylated urea resin (product name: Nikalac MX290, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril (product name: Nikalac MX270, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).

 エポキシ化合物の例としては、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールA型基を含むエポキシ化合物、及び水添ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられる。たとえば、エポライト4000(製品名、共栄社化学(株)製)が好適に使用できる。 Examples of epoxy compounds include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether, epoxy compounds containing bisphenol A groups, and hydrogenated bisphenol A diglycidyl ether. For example, Epolite 4000 (product name, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) is preferably used.

 オキセタン化合物としては、1,4-ビス{[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシ]メチル}ベンゼン、ビス[1-エチル(3-オキセタニル)]メチルエーテル、4,4’-ビス[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル]ビフェニル、4,4′-ビス(3-エチル-3-オキセタニルメトキシ)ビフェニル、エチレングリコールビス(3-エチル-3-オキセタニルメチル)エーテル、ジエチレングリコールビス(3-エチル-3-オキセタニルメチル)エーテル、ビス(3-エチル-3-オキセタニルメチル)ジフェノエート、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-エチル-3-オキセタニルメチル)エーテル、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-エチル-3-オキセタニルメチル)エーテル、ポリ[[3-[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシ]プロピル]シラセスキオキサン]誘導体、オキセタニルシリケート、フェノールノボラック型オキセタン、及び1,3-ビス[(3-エチルオキセタンー3-イル)メトキシ]ベンゼン等が挙げられる。例えば、OXT121(製品名、東亞合成(株)製)、OXT221(製品名、東亞合成(株)製)等が好適に使用できる。 Oxetane compounds include 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, bis[1-ethyl(3-oxetanyl)]methyl ether, 4,4'-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methyl]biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethoxy)biphenyl, ethylene glycol bis(3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethyl)ether, diethylene glycol bis(3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethyl)ether, bis(3 Examples of suitable bis[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy]benzene include 1,3-bis[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy]benzene, ...

 ビスマレイミド化合物としては、1,2-ビス(マレイミド)エタン、1,3-ビス(マレイミド)プロパン、1,4-ビス(マレイミド)ブタン、1,5-ビス(マレイミド)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(マレイミド)ヘキサン、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,6-ビス(マレイミド)ヘキサン、N,N’-1,3-フェニレンビス(マレイミド)、4-メチル-N,N’-1,3-フェニレンビス(マレイミド)、N,N’-1,4-フェニレンビス(マレイミド)、3-メチル-N,N’-1,4-フェニレンビス(マレイミド)、4,4’-ビス(マレイミド)ジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジエチル-5,5’-ジメチル-4,4’-ビス(マレイミド)ジフェニルメタン、及び2,2-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン等が挙げられる。 Examples of bismaleimide compounds include 1,2-bis(maleimide)ethane, 1,3-bis(maleimide)propane, 1,4-bis(maleimide)butane, 1,5-bis(maleimide)pentane, 1,6-bis(maleimide)hexane, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-bis(maleimide)hexane, N,N'-1,3-phenylenebis(maleimide), 4-methyl-N,N'-1,3-phenylenebis(maleimide), N,N'-1,4-phenylenebis(maleimide), 3-methyl-N,N'-1,4-phenylenebis(maleimide), 4,4'-bis(maleimide)diphenylmethane, 3,3'-diethyl-5,5'-dimethyl-4,4'-bis(maleimide)diphenylmethane, and 2,2-bis[4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)phenyl]propane.

 アリル化合物としては、アリルアルコール、アリルアニソール、安息香酸アリルエステル、桂皮酸アリルエステル、N-アリロキシフタルイミド、アリルフェノール、アリルフェニルスルフォン、アリルウレア、フタル酸ジアリル、イソフタル酸ジアリル、テレフタル酸ジアリル、マレイン酸ジアリル、イソシアヌル酸ジアリル、トリアリルアミン、イソシアヌル酸トリアリル、シアヌル酸トリアリル、トリアリルアミン、1,3,5-ベンゼントリカルボン酸トリアリル、トリメリト酸トリアリル、トリアリルホスフェート、トリアリルホスファイト、及びクエン酸トリアリルなどが挙げられる。 Allyl compounds include allyl alcohol, allyl anisole, allyl benzoate, allyl cinnamate, N-allyloxyphthalimide, allylphenol, allyl phenyl sulfone, allyl urea, diallyl phthalate, diallyl isophthalate, diallyl terephthalate, diallyl maleate, diallyl isocyanurate, triallylamine, triallyl isocyanurate, triallyl cyanurate, triallylamine, triallyl 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylate, triallyl trimellitate, triallyl phosphate, triallyl phosphite, and triallyl citrate.

 ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート系ブロックイソシアネート(例えば、旭化成(株)製、以下商品名:デュラネートSBN-70D、SBB-70P、SBF-70E、TPA-B80E、17B-60P、MF-B60B、E402-B80B、MF-K60B、及びWM44-L70G、三井化学(株)製、商品名:タケネートB-882N、Baxenden社製、以下商品名:7960、7961、7982、7991、及び7992など);トリレンジイソシアネート系ブロックイソシアネート(例えば、三井化学(株)製、商品名:タケネートB-830など);4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネ-ト系ブロックイソシアネート(例えば、三井化学(株)製、商品名:タケネートB-815N、大榮産業(株)製、商品名:ブロネートPMD-OA01、及びPMD-MA01など)、1,3―ビス(イソシアネートメチル)シクロヘキサン系ブロックイソシアネート(例えば、三井化学(株)製、商品名:タケネートB-846N、東ソー(株)製、以下商品名:コロネートBI-301、2507、及び2554など);並びに、イソホロンジイソシアネート系ブロックイソシアネート(例えば、Baxenden社製、以下商品名:7950、7951、及び7990など)が挙げられる。 Blocked isocyanate compounds include hexamethylene diisocyanate-based blocked isocyanates (e.g., Asahi Kasei Corporation, trade names: Duranate SBN-70D, SBB-70P, SBF-70E, TPA-B80E, 17B-60P, MF-B60B, E402-B80B, MF-K60B, and WM44-L70G; Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name: Takenate B-882N; Baxenden, Inc., trade names: 7960, 7961, 7982, 7991, and 7992, etc.); tolylene diisocyanate-based blocked isocyanates (e.g., Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name: Takenate B-830, etc.); 4,4'- Examples of such blocked isocyanates include diphenylmethane diisocyanate-based blocked isocyanates (e.g., Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name: Takenate B-815N; Daiei Sangyo Co., Ltd., trade name: Bronate PMD-OA01, and PMD-MA01), 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane-based blocked isocyanates (e.g., Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name: Takenate B-846N; Tosoh Corporation, trade names hereinafter: Coronate BI-301, 2507, and 2554), and isophorone diisocyanate-based blocked isocyanates (e.g., Baxenden, trade names hereinafter: 7950, 7951, and 7990).

 これらの中で、銅密着性の観点から、アルコキシメチル化合物が好ましい。(F)熱架橋剤は単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Among these, alkoxymethyl compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of copper adhesion. (F) Thermal crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 本開示の感光性樹脂組成物中の(F)熱架橋剤の含有量は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対して、0.2質量部~40質量部であることが好ましい。
 本開示の感光性樹脂組成物中の(F)熱架橋剤の下限値は、銅マイグレーション抑制の観点から、0.5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、1質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。
 本開示の感光性樹脂組成物中の(F)熱架橋剤の上限値は、本開示の感光性樹脂組成物の銅密着性の観点から20質量部以下であることがより好ましく、10質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。
The content of the thermal crosslinking agent (F) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is preferably 0.2 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin (A).
From the viewpoint of suppressing copper migration, the lower limit of the amount of the thermal crosslinking agent (F) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 1 part by mass or more.
The upper limit of the amount of the thermal crosslinking agent (F) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion of the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure.

(G)シランカップリング剤
 硬化膜の銅密着性を向上させるために、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(G)シランカップリング剤を任意に含むことができる。
(G) Silane Coupling Agent In order to improve the copper adhesion of the cured film, the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may optionally contain (G) a silane coupling agent.

 (G)シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製:商品名 KBM803、チッソ(株)製:商品名 サイラエースS810)、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製:商品名 KBM573)、3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SIM6475.0)、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製:商品名 LS1375、アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SIM6474.0)、メルカプトメチルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SIM6473.5C)、メルカプトメチルメチルジメトキシシラン(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SIM6473.0)、3-メルカプトプロピルジエトキシメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルエトキシジメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリプロポキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルジエトキシプロポキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルエトキシジプロポキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルジメトキシプロポキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメトキシジプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルトリメトキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルジエトキシメトキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルエトキシジメトキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルトリプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルトリプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルエトキシジプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルジメトキシプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルメトキシジプロポキシシラン、4-メルカプトブチルトリメトキシシラン、4-メルカプトブチルトリエトキシシラン、4-メルカプトブチルトリプロポキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)―t―ブチルカルバメート、4,4-カルボニルビス(2-(((3-トリエトキシシリル)プロピル)アミノ)カルボニル)安息香酸、2-(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピルカルバモイル)安息香酸等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 (G) Examples of silane coupling agents include 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: trade name KBM803, manufactured by Chisso Corporation: trade name Sila-Ace S810), N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: trade name KBM573), 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SIM6475.0), 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: trade name LS1375, AZMAX Corporation: Trade name SIM6474.0), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (AZMAX Corporation: Trade name SIM6473.5C), mercaptomethylmethyldimethoxysilane (AZMAX Corporation: Trade name SIM6473.0), 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltripropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxypropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydipropoxysilane silane, 3-mercaptopropyldimethoxypropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethoxydipropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylethoxydimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltripropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltrippropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylethoxydipropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyldimethoxypropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylmethoxydipropoxy Examples of suitable silanes include silane, 4-mercaptobutyltrimethoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltriethoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltripropoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate, 4,4-carbonylbis(2-(((3-triethoxysilyl)propyl)amino)carbonyl)benzoic acid, and 2-(3-triethoxysilylpropylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid, but are not limited to these.

 また、(G)シランカップリング剤としてそのほかにも、例えば、N-(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)ウレア(信越化学工業(株)製:商品名 LS3610、アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SIU9055.0)、N-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル)ウレア(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SIU9058.0)、N-(3-ジエトキシメトキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-エトキシジメトキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-トリプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-ジエトキシプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-エトキシジプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-ジメトキシプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-メトキシジプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-トリメトキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-エトキシジメトキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-エトキシジプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-ジメトキシプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-メトキシジプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリメトキシシリルブチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリエトキシシリルブチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリプロポキシシリルブチル)ウレア、3-(m-アミノフェノキシ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SLA0598.0)、m-アミノフェニルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SLA0599.0)、p-アミノフェニルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SLA0599.1)アミノフェニルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SLA0599.2)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 In addition, (G) other silane coupling agents include, for example, N-(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)urea (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: trade name LS3610, manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd.: trade name SIU9055.0), N-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)urea (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd.: trade name SIU9058.0), N-(3-diethoxymethoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydimethoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(propyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-diethoxypropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydipropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-dimethoxypropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-methoxydipropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-trimethoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydimethoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-tripro N-(3-tripropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydipropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-dimethoxypropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-methoxydipropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-trimethoxysilylbutyl)urea, N-(3-triethoxysilylbutyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylbutyl)urea, 3-(m-aminophenoxy) Examples of such silanes include, but are not limited to, propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SLA0598.0), m-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SLA0599.0), p-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SLA0599.1), and aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SLA0599.2).

 更に、(G)シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、2-(トリメトキシシリルエチル)ピリジン(アズマックス(株)製:商品名 SIT8396.0)、2-(トリエトキシシリルエチル)ピリジン、2-(ジメトキシシリルメチルエチル)ピリジン、2-(ジエトキシシリルメチルエチル)ピリジン、(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)-t-ブチルカルバメート、(3-グリシドキシプロピル)トリエトキシシラン、テトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン、テトラ-n-プロポキシシラン、テトラ-i-プロポキシシラン、テトラ-n-ブトキシシラン、テトラ-i-ブトキシシラン、テトラ-t-ブトキシシラン、テトラキス(メトキシエトキシシラン)、テトラキス(メトキシ-n-プロポキシシラン)、テトラキス(エトキシエトキシシラン)、テトラキス(メトキシエトキシエトキシシラン)、ビス(トリメトキシシリル)エタン、ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)メタン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)エタン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)エチレン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)オクタン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)オクタジエン、ビス[3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル]ジスルフィド、ビス[3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル]テトラスルフィド、ジ-t-ブトキシジアセトキシシラン、ジ-i-ブトキシアルミノキシトリエトキシシラン、フェニルシラントリオール、メチルフェニルシランジオール、エチルフェニルシランジオール、n-プロピルフェニルシランジオール、イソプロピルフェニルシランジオール、n-ブチルシフェニルシランジオール、イソブチルフェニルシランジオール、tert-ブチルフェニルシランジオール、ジフェニルシランジオール、ジメトキシジフェニルシラン、ジエトキシジフェニルシラン、ジメトキシジ-p-トリルシラン、エチルメチルフェニルシラノール、n-プロピルメチルフェニルシラノール、イソプロピルメチルフェニルシラノール、n-ブチルメチルフェニルシラノール、イソブチルメチルフェニルシラノール、tert-ブチルメチルフェニルシラノール、エチルn-プロピルフェニルシラノール、エチルイソプロピルフェニルシラノール、n-ブチルエチルフェニルシラノール、イソブチルエチルフェニルシラノール、tert-ブチルエチルフェニルシラノール、メチルジフェニルシラノール、エチルジフェニルシラノール、n-プロピルジフェニルシラノール、イソプロピルジフェニルシラノール、n-ブチルジフェニルシラノール、イソブチルジフェニルシラノール、tert-ブチルジフェニルシラノール、トリフェニルシラノール等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Furthermore, (G) silane coupling agents include, for example, 2-(trimethoxysilylethyl)pyridine (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: trade name SIT8396.0), 2-(triethoxysilylethyl)pyridine, 2-(dimethoxysilylmethylethyl)pyridine, 2-(diethoxysilylmethylethyl)pyridine, (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate, (3-glycidoxypropyl)triethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetra-i-propoxysilane, tetra-n-butoxysilane, tetra-i-butoxysilane, and tetra-t-butoxysilane. silane, tetrakis(methoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis(methoxy-n-propoxysilane), tetrakis(ethoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis(methoxyethoxyethoxysilane), bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane, bis(trimethoxysilyl)hexane, bis(triethoxysilyl)methane, bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane, bis(triethoxysilyl)ethylene, bis(triethoxysilyl)octane, bis(triethoxysilyl)octadiene, bis[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]disulfide, bis[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]tetrasulfide, di-t-butoxydiacetoxysilane silane, di-i-butoxyaluminoxytriethoxysilane, phenyl silanetriol, methyl phenyl silanediol, ethyl phenyl silanediol, n-propyl phenyl silanediol, isopropyl phenyl silanediol, n-butyl phenyl silanediol, isobutyl phenyl silanediol, tert-butyl phenyl silanediol, diphenyl silanediol, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxydi-p-tolylsilane, ethyl methyl phenyl silanol, n-propyl methyl phenyl silanol, isopropyl methyl phenyl silanol, n-butyl methyl phenyl silane Examples of silanol include, but are not limited to, methylsilanol, isobutylmethylphenylsilanol, tert-butylmethylphenylsilanol, ethyl n-propylphenylsilanol, ethylisopropylphenylsilanol, n-butylethylphenylsilanol, isobutylethylphenylsilanol, tert-butylethylphenylsilanol, methyldiphenylsilanol, ethyldiphenylsilanol, n-propyldiphenylsilanol, isopropyldiphenylsilanol, n-butyldiphenylsilanol, isobutyldiphenylsilanol, tert-butyldiphenylsilanol, and triphenylsilanol.

 上記で列挙された(G)シランカップリング剤は、単独でも複数組み合わせて用いてもよい。上記で列挙したシランカップリング剤の中でも、銅密着性の観点から、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)-t-ブチルカルバメート、及び2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシランが好ましい。 The (G) silane coupling agents listed above may be used alone or in combination. Among the silane coupling agents listed above, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate, and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane are preferred from the standpoint of copper adhesion.

 (G)シランカップリング剤を使用する場合の含有量としては、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対して、銅密着性の観点から0.01~20質量部が好ましい。 When (G) a silane coupling agent is used, its content is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of (A) the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin, from the viewpoint of copper adhesion.

 (H)酸成分
 硬化膜の銅密着性向上や銅マイグレーション抑制のために、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(H)酸成分を任意に含むことができる。(F)熱架橋剤と併せて使用することで、(F)熱架橋剤の熱架橋反応を促進させ、銅マイグレーション抑制効果を向上することができる。
(H) Acid Component In order to improve the copper adhesion of the cured film and to suppress copper migration, the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may optionally contain an (H) acid component. By using the acid component in combination with the (F) thermal crosslinking agent, the thermal crosslinking reaction of the (F) thermal crosslinking agent can be promoted, and the copper migration suppression effect can be improved.

 (H)酸成分としては、例えば、(±)マンデル酸、安息香酸、サリチル酸、m-ヒドロキシ安息香酸、p-ヒドロキシ安息香酸、p-アミノ安息香酸、m-トリフルオロメチル安息香酸、4-ビフェニルカルボン酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸及び、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 (H) Examples of acid components include, but are not limited to, (±)mandelic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, m-hydroxybenzoic acid, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, p-aminobenzoic acid, m-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid, 4-biphenylcarboxylic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid.

 (H)酸成分を使用する場合の含有量としては、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対して、0.001~5質量部が好ましい。本開示の感光性樹脂組成物の銅マイグレーション抑制の観点から、(H)酸成分の下限値は、0.005質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.01質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。(H)酸成分の上限値は、銅マイグレーション抑制及び密着性の観点から3質量部以下であることがより好ましく、2質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。 When the (H) acid component is used, its content is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin. From the viewpoint of copper migration suppression in the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, the lower limit of the (H) acid component is more preferably 0.005 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more. From the viewpoint of copper migration suppression and adhesion, the upper limit of the (H) acid component is more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or less.

 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、上記(A)~(H)成分以外の成分をさらに含有していてもよい。(A)~(H)成分以外の成分としては、限定されないが、(I)熱塩基発生剤、(J)ヒンダードフェノール化合物、(K)有機チタン化合物、(L)増感剤、(M)重合禁止剤等が挙げられる。 The photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may further contain components other than the above components (A) to (H). Examples of components other than components (A) to (H) include, but are not limited to, (I) a thermal base generator, (J) a hindered phenol compound, (K) an organic titanium compound, (L) a sensitizer, and (M) a polymerization inhibitor.

(I)熱塩基発生剤
 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(I)熱塩基発生剤を含有していてもよい。(I)熱塩基発生剤とは、加熱することで塩基を発生する化合物をいう。(I)熱塩基発生剤を含有することで、感光性樹脂組成物のイミド化をさらに促進することができる。
(I) Thermal Base Generator The photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may contain (I) a thermal base generator. The (I) thermal base generator refers to a compound that generates a base upon heating. By containing the (I) thermal base generator, it is possible to further promote imidization of the photosensitive resin composition.

 (I)熱塩基発生剤としては、その種類を特に定めるものではないが、tert-ブトキシカルボニル基によって保護されたアミン化合物、又は国際公開第2017/038598号に開示された熱塩基発生剤等が挙げられる。しかしながら、これらに限定されず、その他にも公知の熱塩基発生剤を用いることができる。 (I) The thermal base generator is not particularly limited in type, but examples include amine compounds protected by a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, or the thermal base generators disclosed in WO 2017/038598. However, it is not limited to these, and other known thermal base generators can also be used.

 tert-ブトキシカルボニル基によって保護されたアミン化合物としては、例えば、エタノールアミン、3-アミノ-1-プロパノール、1-アミノ-2-プロパノール、2-アミノ-1-プロパノール、4-アミノ-1-ブタノール、2-アミノ-1-ブタノール、1-アミノ-2-ブタノール、3-アミノ-2,2-ジメチル-1-プロパノール、4-アミノ-2-メチル-1-ブタノール、バリノール、3-アミノ-1,2-プロパンジオール、2-アミノ-1,3-プロパンジオール、チラミン、ノルエフェドリン、2-アミノ-1-フェニル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-アミノシクロヘキサノール、4-アミノシクロヘキサノール、4-アミノシクロヘキサンエタノール、4-(2-アミノエチル)シクロヘキサノール、N-メチルエタノールアミン、3-(メチルアミノ)-1-プロパノール、3-(イソプロピルアミノ)プロパノール、N-シクロヘキシルエタノールアミン、α-[2-(メチルアミノ)エチル]ベンジルアルコール、ジエタノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミン、3-ピロリジノール、2-ピロリジンメタノール、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-フェニルピペリジン、4-(3-ヒドロキシフェニル)ピペリジン、4-ピペリジンメタノール、3-ピペリジンメタノール、2-ピペリジンメタノール、4-ピペリジンエタノール、2-ピペリジンエタノール、2-(4-ピペリジル)-2-プロパノール、1,4-ブタノールビス(3-アミノプロピル)エーテル、1,2-ビス(2-アミノエトキシ)エタン、2,2’-オキシビス(エチルアミン)、1,14-ジアミノ-3,6,9,12-テトラオキサテトラデカン、1-アザ-15-クラウン5-エーテル、ジエチレングリコールビス(3-アミノプロピル)エーテル、1,11-ジアミノ-3,6,9-トリオキサウンデカン、並びに、アミノ酸及びその誘導体のアミノ基をtert-ブトキシカルボニル基によって保護した化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Amine compounds protected by a tert-butoxycarbonyl group include, for example, ethanolamine, 3-amino-1-propanol, 1-amino-2-propanol, 2-amino-1-propanol, 4-amino-1-butanol, 2-amino-1-butanol, 1-amino-2-butanol, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 4-amino-2-methyl-1-butanol, valinol, 3-amino-1,2-propanediol, and 2-amino-1,3-propanediol. Diol, tyramine, norephedrine, 2-amino-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-aminocyclohexanol, 4-aminocyclohexanol, 4-aminocyclohexaneethanol, 4-(2-aminoethyl)cyclohexanol, N-methylethanolamine, 3-(methylamino)-1-propanol, 3-(isopropylamino)propanol, N-cyclohexylethanolamine, α-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]benzyl alcohol, diethanol diamine, diisopropanolamine, 3-pyrrolidinol, 2-pyrrolidinemethanol, 4-hydroxypiperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxy-4-phenylpiperidine, 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine, 4-piperidinemethanol, 3-piperidinemethanol, 2-piperidinemethanol, 4-piperidineethanol, 2-piperidineethanol, 2-(4-piperidyl)-2-propanol, 1,4-butanolbis(3-aminopropyl)ether Examples of such amines include, but are not limited to, 1,2-bis(2-aminoethoxy)ethane, 2,2'-oxybis(ethylamine), 1,14-diamino-3,6,9,12-tetraoxatetradecane, 1-aza-15-crown-5-ether, diethylene glycol bis(3-aminopropyl)ether, 1,11-diamino-3,6,9-trioxaundecane, and compounds in which the amino group of an amino acid or a derivative thereof is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group.

 (I)熱塩基発生剤の含有量は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1質量部以上30質量部以下であり、より好ましくは1質量部以上20質量部以下である。上記含有量は、イミド化促進効果の観点で0.1質量部以上であり、感光性樹脂組成物の硬化後の感光性樹脂層の物性の観点から30質量部以下であることが好ましい。 The content of (I) the thermal base generator is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 30 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of (A) the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin. The content is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more from the viewpoint of the imidization-accelerating effect, and 30 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of the physical properties of the photosensitive resin layer after curing of the photosensitive resin composition.

 (J)ヒンダードフェノール化合物
 銅表面上の変色を抑制するために、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(J)ヒンダードフェノール化合物を任意に含んでもよい。
(J) Hindered Phenol Compound In order to suppress discoloration on the copper surface, the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may optionally contain (J) a hindered phenol compound.

 (J)ヒンダードフェノール化合物としては、限定されるものではないが、例えば、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、2,5-ジ-t-ブチル-ハイドロキノン、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネ-ト、イソオクチル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、4、4’-メチレンビス(2、6-ジ-t-ブチルフェノール)、4,4’-チオ-ビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、4,4’-ブチリデン-ビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、トリエチレングリコール-ビス[3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、1,6-ヘキサンジオール-ビス[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、2,2-チオ-ジエチレンビス[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、N,N’-ヘキサメチレンビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナマミド)、2,2’-メチレン-ビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレン-ビス(4-エチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、トリス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレート、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン等が挙げられる。 (J) Examples of hindered phenol compounds include, but are not limited to, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,5-di-t-butyl-hydroquinone, octadecyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, isooctyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 4,4'-methylenebis(2,6-di-t-butylphenol), 4,4'-thio-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 4,4'-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3-t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis[3-(3,5-di- t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2,2-thio-diethylenebis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], N,N'-hexamethylenebis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamamide), 2,2'-methylene-bis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylene-bis(4-ethyl-6-t-butylphenol), pentaerythrityl-tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], tris-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)isocyanurate, 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, etc.

 また、(J)ヒンダードフェノール化合物としては、例えば、1,3,5-トリス(3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチル-4-イソプロピルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-s-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス[4-(1-エチルプロピル)-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス[4-トリエチルメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチル-4-フェニルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5,6-トリメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-6-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-6-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5,6-ジエチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン等が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Furthermore, examples of (J) hindered phenol compounds include 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-4-isopropylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-s-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris[4-(1-ethylpropyl)-3-hydroxybenzyl] 1,3,5-tris[4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris[4-triethylmethyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-4-phenylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,5,6-trimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, ,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-6-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-6-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-5,6-diethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl )-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, but are not limited to these.

 これらの中でも、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン等が特に好ましい。 Among these, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione is particularly preferred.

 (J)ヒンダードフェノール化合物の含有量は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対し、0.1~20質量部であることが好ましく、光感度特性の観点から0.5~10質量部であることがより好ましい。上記含有量が0.1質量部以上である場合、例えば銅又は銅合金の上に感光性樹脂組成物を形成した場合に、銅又は銅合金の変色・腐食が防止され、一方、20質量部以下である場合には光感度に優れる。 The content of the (J) hindered phenol compound is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin, and more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics. If the content is 0.1 part by mass or more, for example, when the photosensitive resin composition is formed on copper or a copper alloy, discoloration and corrosion of the copper or copper alloy are prevented, while if the content is 20 parts by mass or less, excellent photosensitivity is achieved.

(K)有機チタン化合物
 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、(K)有機チタン化合物を含有してもよい。本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物が(K)有機チタン化合物を含有することにより、低温で硬化した場合であっても耐薬品性に優れる感光性樹脂層を形成できる。
(K) Organotitanium Compound The photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment may contain (K) an organotitanium compound. By containing (K) the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment, a photosensitive resin layer having excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when cured at low temperature.

 使用可能な(K)有機チタン化合物としては、チタン原子に有機化学物質が共有結合又はイオン結合を介して結合しているものが挙げられる。 Usable (K) organic titanium compounds include those in which an organic chemical substance is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent or ionic bond.

 (K)有機チタン化合物の具体的な例を以下のI)~VII)に示す:
 I)チタンキレート化合物:中でも、感光性樹脂組成物の保存安定性及び良好なパターンが得られることから、アルコキシ基を2個以上有するチタンキレートがより好ましい。具体的な例は、チタニウムビス(トリエタノールアミン)ジイソプロポキサイド、チタニウムジ(n-ブトキサイド)ビス(2,4-ペンタンジオネート、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(2,4-ペンタンジオネート)、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(テトラメチルヘプタンジオネート)、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(エチルアセトアセテート)等である。
Specific examples of the (K) organic titanium compound are shown below in I) to VII):
I) Titanium chelate compounds: Among these, titanium chelates having two or more alkoxy groups are more preferred because they provide good storage stability for the photosensitive resin composition and enable the formation of good patterns. Specific examples include titanium bis(triethanolamine) diisopropoxide, titanium di(n-butoxide) bis(2,4-pentanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(2,4-pentanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(tetramethylheptanedionate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoacetate), and the like.

 II)テトラアルコキシチタン化合物:例えば、チタニウムテトラ(n-ブトキサイド)、チタニウムテトラエトキサイド、チタニウムテトラ(2-エチルヘキソキサイド)、チタニウムテトライソブトキサイド、チタニウムテトライソプロポキサイド、チタニウムテトラメトキサイド、チタニウムテトラメトキシプロポキサイド、チタニウムテトラメチルフェノキサイド、チタニウムテトラ(n-ノニロキサイド)、チタニウムテトラ(n-プロポキサイド)、チタニウムテトラステアリロキサイド、チタニウムテトラキス[ビス{2,2-(アリロキシメチル)ブトキサイド}]等である。 II) Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds: For example, titanium tetra(n-butoxide), titanium tetraethoxide, titanium tetra(2-ethylhexoxide), titanium tetraisobutoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide, titanium tetramethoxide, titanium tetramethoxypropoxide, titanium tetramethylphenoxide, titanium tetra(n-nonyloxide), titanium tetra(n-propoxide), titanium tetrastearyloxide, titanium tetrakis[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)butoxide}], etc.

 III)チタノセン化合物:例えば、ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムトリメトキサイド、ビス(η-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロフェニル)チタニウム、ビス(η-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)フェニル)チタニウム等である。 III) Titanocene compounds: For example, pentamethylcyclopentadienyltitanium trimethoxide, bis(η 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(η 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, and the like.

 IV)モノアルコキシチタン化合物:例えば、チタニウムトリス(ジオクチルホスフェート)イソプロポキサイド、チタニウムトリス(ドデシルベンゼンスルホネート)イソプロポキサイド等である。 IV) Monoalkoxytitanium compounds: For example, titanium tris(dioctylphosphate) isopropoxide, titanium tris(dodecylbenzenesulfonate) isopropoxide, etc.

 V)チタニウムオキサイド化合物:例えば、チタニウムオキサイドビス(ペンタンジオネート)、チタニウムオキサイドビス(テトラメチルヘプタンジオネート)、フタロシアニンチタニウムオキサイド等である。 V) Titanium oxide compounds: For example, titanium oxide bis(pentanedionate), titanium oxide bis(tetramethylheptanedionate), phthalocyanine titanium oxide, etc.

 VI)チタニウムテトラアセチルアセトネート化合物:例えば、チタニウムテトラアセチルアセトネート等である。 VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: For example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, etc.

 VII)チタネートカップリング剤:例えば、イソプロピルトリドデシルベンゼンスルホニルチタネート等である。 VII) Titanate coupling agents: For example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanate, etc.

 中でも、(K)有機チタン化合物は、上記I)チタンキレート化合物、II)テトラアルコキシチタン化合物、及びIII)チタノセン化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物であることが、より良好な耐薬品性を奏するという観点から好ましい。特に、チタニウムジイソプロポキサイドビス(エチルアセトアセテート)、チタニウムテトラ(n-ブトキサイド)、及びビス(η-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)フェニル)チタニウムが好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of exhibiting better chemical resistance, it is preferable that the (K) organic titanium compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, and III) titanocene compounds. In particular, titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoacetate), titanium tetra(n-butoxide), and bis(η 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.

 (K)有機チタン化合物を含有する場合の含有量は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド100質量部に対し、0.05~10質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~2質量部である。上記含有量が0.05質量部以上である場合、良好な耐熱性及び耐薬品性が発現し、一方で、上記含有量が10質量部以下である場合、保存安定性に優れる。 When (K) an organic titanium compound is contained, the content is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of (A) the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide. When the content is 0.05 parts by mass or more, good heat resistance and chemical resistance are exhibited, while when the content is 10 parts by mass or less, excellent storage stability is achieved.

(L)増感剤
 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、光感度を向上させるために、(L)増感剤を任意に含んでもよい。
(L) Sensitizer The photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment may optionally contain (L) a sensitizer in order to improve photosensitivity.

 (L)増感剤としては、例えば、ミヒラーズケトン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、2,5-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロペンタン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロヘキサノン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)-4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)カルコン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)カルコン、p-ジメチルアミノシンナミリデンインダノン、p-ジメチルアミノベンジリデンインダノン、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビフェニレン)-ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)イソナフトチアゾール、1,3-ビス(4’-ジメチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、1,3-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、3,3’-カルボニル-ビス(7-ジエチルアミノクマリン)、3-アセチル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-ベンジロキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-メトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、N-フェニル-N’-エチルエタノールアミン、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン、N-p-トリルジエタノールアミン、N-フェニルエタノールアミン、4-モルホリノベンゾフェノン、ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、ジエチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール、1-フェニル-5-メルカプトテトラゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズオキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ナフト(1,2-d)チアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノベンゾイル)スチレン、2,2’-(フェニルイミノ)ジエタノール等が挙げられる。これらは単独で又は例えば2~5種類の組合せで用いることができる。 (L) Examples of sensitizers include Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamylidene indanone, p-Dimethylaminobenzylidene indanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzal)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-morpholinobenzophenone, dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoform amyl, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzoyl)styrene, 2,2'-(phenylimino)diethanol, etc. These can be used alone or in combinations of, for example, 2 to 5 types.

 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物が(L)増感剤を含有する場合の含有量は、(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂100質量部に対し、0.1~25質量部であることが好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment contains the sensitizer (L), the content is preferably 0.1 to 25 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin (A).

(M)重合禁止剤
 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、特に溶剤を含む溶液の状態での保存時の感光性樹脂組成物の粘度及び光感度の安定性を向上させるために、(M)重合禁止剤を任意に含んでもよい。
(M) Polymerization Inhibitor The photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment may optionally contain (M) a polymerization inhibitor in order to improve the stability of the viscosity and photosensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly during storage in the form of a solution containing a solvent.

 (M)重合禁止剤としては、ヒドロキノン、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、フェノチアジン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-メチルフェノール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩及び、N-ニトロソ-N(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩等が用いられる。 (M) Polymerization inhibitors that can be used include hydroquinone, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, and N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt.

<硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法及び半導体装置>
 本開示の硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法は、以下の工程:(1)上述した本開示の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を上記基板上に形成する工程と、(2)上記感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、(3)露光後の上記感光性樹脂層を現像してレリーフパターンを形成する工程と、(4)上記レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程とを含む。
<Method for producing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device>
The method for producing a cured relief pattern of the present disclosure includes the following steps: (1) applying the above-described photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate; (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light; (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern; and (4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.

(1)感光性樹脂層形成工程
 本工程では、感光性樹脂組成物を基材上に塗布し、必要に応じてその後乾燥させて感光性樹脂層を形成する。塗布方法としては、従来から感光性樹脂組成物の塗布に用いられていた方法、例えば、スピンコーター、バーコーター、ブレードコーター、カーテンコーター、スクリーン印刷機等で塗布する方法、スプレーコーターで噴霧塗布する方法等を用いることができる。
(1) Photosensitive Resin Layer Formation Step In this step, a photosensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate, and then dried as necessary to form a photosensitive resin layer. As the application method, a method conventionally used for applying a photosensitive resin composition, such as application using a spin coater, bar coater, blade coater, curtain coater, screen printing machine, etc., or spray application using a spray coater, etc., can be used.

(2)露光工程
 本工程では、上記で形成した感光性樹脂層を、コンタクトアライナー、ミラープロジェクション、ステッパー等の露光装置を用いて、パターンを有するフォトマスク又はレチクルを介して又は直接に、紫外線光源等により露光する。
(2) Exposure Step In this step, the photosensitive resin layer formed above is exposed to an ultraviolet light source or the like using an exposure device such as a contact aligner, mirror projection, or stepper, either directly or through a photomask or reticle having a pattern.

(3)レリーフパターン形成工程
 本工程では、露光後の感光性樹脂層のうち未露光部を現像除去する。露光(照射)後の感光性樹脂層を現像する現像方法としては、従来知られているフォトレジストの現像方法、例えば、回転スプレー法、パドル法、超音波処理を伴う浸漬法等の中から任意の方法を選択して使用することができる。また、現像の後、レリーフパターンの形状を調整する等の目的で、必要に応じて、任意の温度及び時間の組合せによる現像後ベークを施してもよい。
(3) Relief Pattern Forming Step In this step, the unexposed portions of the exposed photosensitive resin layer are developed and removed. The developing method for developing the exposed (irradiated) photosensitive resin layer can be any method selected from conventionally known photoresist developing methods, such as the rotary spray method, the paddle method, and the immersion method accompanied by ultrasonic treatment. After development, post-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, as needed, for the purpose of adjusting the shape of the relief pattern, etc.

 現像に使用される現像液としては、例えば、感光性樹脂組成物に対する良溶媒、又は該良溶媒と貧溶媒との組合せが好ましい。
 良溶媒としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、α-アセチル-γ-ブチロラクトン等が好ましい。
 貧溶媒としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、乳酸エチル、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート及び水等が好ましい。良溶媒と貧溶媒とを混合して用いる場合には、感光性樹脂組成物中のポリマーの溶解性によって良溶媒に対する貧溶媒の割合を調整することが好ましい。また、各溶媒を2種以上、例えば数種類組合せて用いることもできる。
The developer used for development is preferably, for example, a good solvent for the photosensitive resin composition, or a combination of the good solvent and a poor solvent.
Preferred good solvents include, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, γ-butyrolactone, and α-acetyl-γ-butyrolactone.
Preferred examples of poor solvents include toluene, xylene, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and water. When a good solvent and a poor solvent are used in combination, it is preferable to adjust the ratio of the poor solvent to the good solvent depending on the solubility of the polymer in the photosensitive resin composition. Two or more types of each solvent, for example, several types, can also be used in combination.

 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、溶剤現像に供されること、又は溶剤現像型に調製されることが好ましい。本開示において、溶剤現像とは、有機溶剤(例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、γ-ブチロラクトン及びα-アセチル-γ-ブチロラクトン等)が主成分である(現像液中に有機溶剤が濃度50質量%以上含まれること)現像液中で現像を行うことを指す。現像液中の有機溶剤の濃度は、好ましくは90質量%以上、より好ましくは100質量%である。溶剤現像では現像液中にイオン成分が少ないため、硬化膜中にイオン成分が混入しにくく、銅マイグレーション抑制効果が奏されやすい。 The photosensitive resin composition of this embodiment is preferably subjected to solvent development or prepared as a solvent-developable composition. In this disclosure, solvent development refers to development in a developer whose main component is an organic solvent (e.g., N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, γ-butyrolactone, α-acetyl-γ-butyrolactone, etc.) (the developer contains the organic solvent at a concentration of 50% by mass or more). The concentration of the organic solvent in the developer is preferably 90% by mass or more, and more preferably 100% by mass. With solvent development, the developer contains fewer ionic components, making it less likely for the ionic components to be mixed into the cured film, and thus more likely to suppress copper migration.

(4)硬化レリーフパターン形成工程
 本工程では、上記現像により得られたレリーフパターンを加熱処理して感光成分を希散させるとともに、(A)ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化させることによって、ポリイミドからなる硬化レリーフパターン(硬化膜)に変換する。
 加熱処理の方法としては、例えば、ホットプレートによるもの、オーブンを用いるもの、温度プログラムを設定できる昇温式オーブンを用いるもの等種々の方法を選ぶことができる。加熱処理は、例えば、160℃~350℃で30分~5時間の条件で行うことができる。
 加熱処理の温度は、銅密着性をより向上させるために、好ましくは350℃以下、より好ましくは230℃以下、更に好ましくは200℃以下、より更に好ましくは180℃以下である。また、銅マイグレーションをより抑制するには、好ましくは170℃以上、より好ましくは250℃以上である。
 銅密着性と銅マイグレーション抑制能を両立させるためには、170℃~350℃が好ましく、より好ましくは200℃~280℃である。加熱硬化時の雰囲気気体としては空気を用いてもよく、窒素、アルゴン等の不活性ガスを用いることもできる。
(4) Step of Forming Cured Relief Pattern In this step, the relief pattern obtained by the above development is subjected to a heat treatment to dissolve the photosensitive component and also imidize the (A) polyimide precursor, thereby converting it into a cured relief pattern (cured film) made of polyimide.
The heat treatment can be carried out by a variety of methods, such as using a hot plate, an oven, or a temperature-programmable heating oven, etc. The heat treatment can be carried out, for example, at 160°C to 350°C for 30 minutes to 5 hours.
To further improve copper adhesion, the temperature of the heat treatment is preferably 350° C. or lower, more preferably 230° C. or lower, even more preferably 200° C. or lower, and even more preferably 180° C. or lower. To further suppress copper migration, the temperature is preferably 170° C. or higher, more preferably 250° C. or higher.
To achieve both copper adhesion and copper migration suppression, the temperature is preferably 170° C. to 350° C., and more preferably 200° C. to 280° C. As the atmospheric gas during heat curing, air may be used, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may also be used.

<ポリイミド膜>
 本開示のポリイミド膜(硬化膜)は、本開示の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化することにより製造することができ、本開示においては、本開示の感光性樹脂組成物の硬化物から形成される硬化膜も提供する。例えば、本開示の(A)ポリイミド樹脂を含有する感光性樹脂組成物は、前述の硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法に基づいてポリイミド膜を製造できる。 また、例えば、本開示の(A)ポリイミド前駆体を含有する感光性樹脂組成物をイミド化して、イミド化率80~100%のポリイミド硬化物を形成することにより、ポリイミド膜を製造してもよい。この場合も、前述の硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法に基づいてポリイミド膜を製造できる。
 上記ポリイミド前駆体組成物から形成される硬化レリーフパターンに含まれるポリイミドの構造は、下記一般式(62)で表される。
<Polyimide film>
The polyimide film (cured film) of the present disclosure can be produced by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure, and the present disclosure also provides a cured film formed from a cured product of the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure. For example, a polyimide film can be produced from a photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide resin (A) of the present disclosure based on the method for producing a cured relief pattern described above. Alternatively, a polyimide film can be produced by imidizing a photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor (A) of the present disclosure to form a cured polyimide product with an imidization rate of 80 to 100%. In this case, too, a polyimide film can be produced based on the method for producing a cured relief pattern described above.
The structure of the polyimide contained in the cured relief pattern formed from the polyimide precursor composition is represented by the following general formula (62).

 一般式(6)及び(7)中の好ましいX、Yは、同じ理由により、上記一般式(62)で表される構造のポリイミドにおいても好ましい。上記一般式において、繰り返し単位数nは、特に限定は無いが、2~150の整数であってもよい。 For the same reason, the preferred X 1 and Y 1 in the general formulas (6) and (7) are also preferred in the polyimide having the structure represented by the above general formula (62). In the above general formula, the number of repeating units n 2 is not particularly limited, but may be an integer of 2 to 150.

<半導体装置>
 半導体装置は、上述した硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法により得られる硬化レリーフパターンを有することが好ましい。半導体装置は、半導体素子である基材と、上述した硬化レリーフパターン製造方法により該基材上に形成されたポリイミドの硬化レリーフパターンとを有することが好ましい。半導体装置は、基材として半導体素子を用い、本開示の硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法を工程の一部として製造することができる。より詳細に、本開示の半導体装置は、本開示の硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法で形成される硬化レリーフパターンを、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜、再配線用絶縁膜、フリップチップ装置用保護膜、又はバンプ構造を有する半導体装置の保護膜等として形成することを含む、半導体装置の製造方法により製造することができる。
<Semiconductor Device>
The semiconductor device preferably has a cured relief pattern obtained by the above-described method for producing a cured relief pattern. The semiconductor device preferably has a substrate that is a semiconductor element and a cured relief pattern of polyimide formed on the substrate by the above-described method for producing a cured relief pattern. The semiconductor device can be manufactured using a semiconductor element as the substrate and using the method for producing a cured relief pattern of the present disclosure as part of its manufacturing process. More specifically, the semiconductor device of the present disclosure can be manufactured by a method for producing a semiconductor device that includes forming the cured relief pattern formed by the method for producing a cured relief pattern of the present disclosure as a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip-chip device, or a protective film for a semiconductor device having a bump structure.

<表示体装置>
 表示体装置は、表示体素子と該表示体素子の上部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える表示体装置であって、該硬化膜は上述の硬化レリーフパターンであることが好ましい。ここで、当該硬化レリーフパターンは、当該表示体素子に直接接して積層されていてもよく、別の層を間に挟んで積層されていてもよい。例えば、該硬化膜として、TFT液晶表示素子及びカラーフィルター素子の表面保護膜、絶縁膜、及び平坦化膜、MVA型液晶表示装置用の突起、並びに有機EL素子陰極用の隔壁を挙げることができる。
<Display device>
The display device preferably includes a display element and a cured film disposed on the display element, the cured film preferably having the cured relief pattern described above. The cured relief pattern may be laminated in direct contact with the display element, or may be laminated via another layer. Examples of the cured film include surface protection films, insulating films, and planarizing films for TFT liquid crystal display elements and color filter elements, protrusions for MVA-type liquid crystal display devices, and partition walls for cathodes of organic EL elements.

 本開示の感光性樹脂組成物は、絶縁部材形成用、又は層間絶縁膜形成用の感光性樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。また、感光性樹脂組成物は、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜、再配線用絶縁膜、フリップチップ装置用保護膜、又はバンプ構造を有する半導体装置の保護膜を形成するために用いることができる。本開示の感光性樹脂組成物は、上記のような半導体装置への適用の他、多層回路の層間絶縁膜、フレキシブル銅張板のカバーコート、ソルダーレジスト膜、及び液晶配向膜等の用途にも有用である。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is preferably a photosensitive resin composition for forming insulating members or interlayer insulating films. Furthermore, the photosensitive resin composition can be used to form surface protective films, interlayer insulating films, rewiring insulating films, protective films for flip-chip devices, or protective films for semiconductor devices with bump structures. In addition to being applied to semiconductor devices such as those described above, the photosensitive resin composition of the present disclosure is also useful for applications such as interlayer insulating films for multilayer circuits, cover coats for flexible copper-clad boards, solder resist films, and liquid crystal alignment films.

 以下、本開示の実施例を具体的に説明するが、本実施形態はこれらに限定されるものではない。実施例、比較例、及び製造例においては、ポリイミド前駆体/ポリイミド樹脂又は感光性樹脂組成物の物性を以下の方法に従って測定及び評価した。 The following describes specific examples of the present disclosure, but the present embodiment is not limited to these examples. In the examples, comparative examples, and production examples, the physical properties of the polyimide precursor/polyimide resin or photosensitive resin composition were measured and evaluated according to the following methods.

<測定及び評価方法>
(1)重量平均分子量
 各樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー法(標準ポリスチレン換算)を用いて以下の条件下で測定した。
 ポンプ:JASCO PU-980
 検出器:JASCO RI-930
 カラムオーブン:JASCO CO-965 40℃
 カラム:昭和電工(株)製Shodex KD-806M 直列に2本、又は
     昭和電工(株)製Shodex 805M/806M直列
 標準単分散ポリスチレン:昭和電工(株)製Shodex STANDARD SM-105
 移動相:0.1mol/L LiBr/N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)
 流速:1mL/min.
<Measurement and evaluation methods>
(1) Weight-average molecular weight The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of each resin was measured using gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) under the following conditions.
Pump: JASCO PU-980
Detector: JASCO RI-930
Column oven: JASCO CO-965 40°C
Column: Showa Denko K.K. Shodex KD-806M, two in series, or Showa Denko K.K. Shodex 805M/806M in series Standard monodisperse polystyrene: Showa Denko K.K. Shodex STANDARD SM-105
Mobile phase: 0.1 mol/L LiBr/N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)
Flow rate: 1 mL/min.

(2)銅密着性評価
 6インチシリコンウェハー(フジミ電子工業(株)製、厚み625±25μm)上に、スパッタ装置(SME-200E型、(株)ULVAC製)を用いて200nm厚のチタン(Ti)、400nm厚の銅(Cu)をこの順にスパッタした。続いて、このウェハー上に、硬化後の膜厚が約8μmとなるように感光性樹脂組成物をコーターデベロッパー(D-Spin60A型、SOKUDO(株)製)を用いて回転塗布し、110℃で240秒間ホットプレートにてプリベークを行い、銅ウェハー上に塗膜を形成した。
 その後、平行光マスクアライナー(PLA-501FA型、キヤノン(株)製)により800mJ/cmを全面に露光した。その後、昇温プログラム式キュア炉(VF-2000型、光洋リンドバーグ(株)製)を用いて、窒素雰囲気下にて、表1~表4に記載の通りの温度で2時間加熱して硬化レリーフパターン(熱硬化したポリイミドの塗膜)を得た。
(2) Evaluation of Copper Adhesion A 200 nm thick titanium (Ti) and a 400 nm thick copper (Cu) were sputtered in this order onto a 6-inch silicon wafer (manufactured by Fujimi Electronics Co., Ltd., thickness 625±25 μm) using a sputtering device (SME-200E model, manufactured by ULVAC Corporation). Next, the photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated onto this wafer using a coater developer (D-Spin 60A model, manufactured by SOKUDO Corporation) so that the film thickness after curing would be approximately 8 μm, and the composition was pre-baked on a hot plate at 110° C. for 240 seconds to form a coating film on the copper wafer.
The entire surface was then exposed to 800 mJ/ cm2 using a parallel light mask aligner (PLA-501FA, manufactured by Canon Inc.).Then, using a temperature-programmable curing oven (VF-2000, manufactured by Koyo Lindberg Co., Ltd.), the film was heated for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere at the temperatures shown in Tables 1 to 4 to obtain a cured relief pattern (thermocured polyimide coating film).

 このサンプルに、エバーセルOPPテープ(No.830NEV、積水化学工業(株)製)を貼り、テープとポリイミドの塗膜をカッターで5mm幅にカットした。その後、テンシロン万能材料試験機(RTG-1210、(株)エー・アンド・デイ製)を用いて、テープとポリイミドの塗膜を銅とポリイミドの間で剥離するよう、180度に50mm/minの速度で60mm引き剥がし、その際の荷重を積分平均にて算出し、この値を密着強度として評価した。
 評価C以上であれば、半導体向けの硬化レリーフパターンとして好適に用いることが出来る。
 A:密着強度が0.4N/mm以上
 B:密着強度が0.3N/mm以上0.4N/mm未満
 C:密着強度が0.2N/mm以上0.3N/mm未満
 D:密着強度が0.2N/mm未満
An Evercel OPP tape (No. 830NEV, manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied to this sample, and the tape and polyimide coating were cut into 5 mm widths with a cutter. Then, using a Tensilon universal material testing machine (RTG-1210, manufactured by A&D Co., Ltd.), the tape and polyimide coating were peeled off at an angle of 180 degrees for 60 mm at a speed of 50 mm/min so as to separate the copper and the polyimide. The load applied during this process was calculated as an integrated average, and this value was evaluated as the adhesion strength.
If the evaluation is C or higher, the composition can be suitably used as a cured relief pattern for semiconductors.
A: Adhesion strength is 0.4 N/mm or more B: Adhesion strength is 0.3 N/mm or more and less than 0.4 N/mm C: Adhesion strength is 0.2 N/mm or more and less than 0.3 N/mm D: Adhesion strength is less than 0.2 N/mm

(3)b-HAST試験
 表層にSiOを積層したシリコンウェハー上に、ライン/スペース=10μm/10μm、高さ5μmの櫛型のCu配線を形成したTEGウェハーを用意した。そのTEGウェハーを、1質量%濃度の酢酸水溶液及びイオン交換水にそれぞれ1分間浸漬した後、イオン交換水で流水洗浄しエアーガンで乾燥した。そして、アッシング装置(NA-8000型、ULVAC社製)により酸素流量1500mL/分、50Pa、MW 1500W、RF 200Wにて25℃で120秒間酸素プラズマを行った。
 その後、硬化後の膜厚が約8μmとなるように感光性樹脂組成物をコーターデベロッパー(D-Spin60A型、SOKUDO(株)製)を用いて回転塗布し、110℃で240秒間ホットプレートにてプリベークを行い、TEGウェハー上に塗膜を形成した。そして、平行光マスクアライナー(PLA-501FA型、キヤノン(株)製)により800mJ/cmを露光した。この時、b-HAST試験時の導通を取るためCu電極部分は光が照射されないようマスクした状態で露光し、次の現像で未露光部は除去した。
 露光後、30分以上経過した後、コーターデベロッパー(D-Spin60A型、SOKUDO(株)製)にて、23℃で現像液としてシクロペンタノンを用いて、未露光部が完全に溶解消失するまでの時間の1.4倍の時間にて回転スプレー現像を施し、引き続きプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートで10秒間回転スプレーリンスした。その後、昇温プログラム式キュア炉(VF-2000型、光洋リンドバーグ(株)製)を用いて、窒素雰囲気下、表1~表4に記載の温度で2時間加熱して硬化レリーフパターンを得た。
(3) b-HAST Test: A TEG wafer was prepared by forming comb-shaped Cu wiring with a line/space of 10 μm/10 μm and a height of 5 μm on a silicon wafer with SiO x laminated on the surface. The TEG wafer was immersed in a 1% by mass aqueous acetic acid solution and ion-exchanged water for 1 minute each, then rinsed with running ion-exchanged water and dried with an air gun. Then, oxygen plasma was applied to the wafer using an ashing device (NA-8000, manufactured by ULVAC) at an oxygen flow rate of 1500 mL/min, 50 Pa, MW 1500 W, and RF 200 W at 25°C for 120 seconds.
The photosensitive resin composition was then spin-coated using a coater developer (D-Spin 60A model, manufactured by SOKUDO Corporation) so that the film thickness after curing would be approximately 8 μm, and the coating was pre-baked on a hot plate at 110°C for 240 seconds to form a coating film on the TEG wafer. The wafer was then exposed to 800 mJ/ cm2 using a parallel light mask aligner (PLA-501FA model, manufactured by Canon Inc.). At this time, the Cu electrode portion was exposed while masked to prevent light irradiation in order to ensure conductivity during the b-HAST test, and the unexposed portion was removed in the subsequent development.
After 30 minutes or more had elapsed since the exposure, the film was subjected to rotary spray development using cyclopentanone as a developer at 23°C in a coater developer (D-Spin 60A, manufactured by SOKUDO Co., Ltd.) for a time 1.4 times the time required for the unexposed areas to completely dissolve and disappear, followed by rotary spray rinsing with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate for 10 seconds. Thereafter, the film was heated for 2 hours in a temperature-rising programmable curing oven (VF-2000, manufactured by Koyo Lindberg Co., Ltd.) under a nitrogen atmosphere at the temperatures listed in Tables 1 to 4 to obtain a cured relief pattern.

 このサンプルをイオンマイグレーション評価システム(AMI-025-U-5、エスペック(株)製)と高度加速寿命試験装置HASTチャンバー(EHS-222M、エスペック(株)製)を用いて、130℃、85%RH環境下で50Vの印加電圧にてb-HAST試験を実施した。30分間隔で銅配線間の絶縁抵抗値を測定し、1×10Ω以下になったら絶縁破壊とした。試験開始から絶縁破壊までの時間を算出し、以下の基準に基づき評価した。
 評価C以上であれば、半導体向けの硬化レリーフパターンとして好適に用いることが出来る。
 A:絶縁破壊まで500時間以上経過
 B:絶縁破壊まで300時間以上500時間未満経過
 C:絶縁破壊まで100時間以上300時間未満経過
 D:絶縁破壊まで100時間未満経過
This sample was subjected to a b-HAST test at an applied voltage of 50 V in an environment of 130°C and 85% RH using an ion migration evaluation system (AMI-025-U-5, manufactured by Espec Corporation) and a highly accelerated life tester HAST chamber (EHS-222M, manufactured by Espec Corporation). The insulation resistance value between the copper wirings was measured at 30-minute intervals, and breakdown was deemed to have occurred when it reached 1 x 10 4 Ω or less. The time from the start of the test to breakdown was calculated and evaluated based on the following criteria.
If the evaluation is C or higher, the composition can be suitably used as a cured relief pattern for semiconductors.
A: 500 hours or more elapsed until dielectric breakdown. B: 300 hours or more but less than 500 hours elapsed until dielectric breakdown. C: 100 hours or more but less than 300 hours elapsed until dielectric breakdown. D: Less than 100 hours elapsed until dielectric breakdown.

(4)解像性評価
 6インチシリコンウェハー(フジミ電子工業(株)製、厚み625±25μm)上に、スパッタ装置(SME-200E型、(株)ULVAC製)を用いて200nm厚のチタン(Ti)、400nm厚の銅(Cu)をこの順にスパッタした。続いて、このウェハー上に、硬化後の膜厚が約8μmとなるように感光性樹脂組成物をコーターデベロッパー(D-Spin60A型、SOKUDO(株)製)を用いて回転塗布し、110℃で240秒間ホットプレートにてプリベークを行い、銅ウェハー上に塗膜を形成した。
 この塗膜にφ9μm、φ10μm、φ11μmの円形のマスクを介して、リソグラフィーシステム(Ultratech AP-200、Veeco社製)により、50mJ/cmから300mJ/cmまで25mJ/cmステップでフォーカス0μmにてi線を照射して露光した。30分以上経過した後、コーターデベロッパー(D-Spin60A型、SOKUDO(株)製)にて、23℃で現像液としてシクロペンタノンを用いて、未露光部が完全に溶解消失するまでの時間の1.4倍の時間にて回転スプレー現像を施し、引き続きプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートで10秒間回転スプレーリンスした。その後、昇温プログラム式キュア炉(VF-2000型、光洋リンドバーグ(株)製)を用いて、窒素雰囲気下、表1~表4に記載の温度で2時間加熱して硬化レリーフパターンを得た。
(4) Resolution Evaluation A 200 nm thick titanium (Ti) and a 400 nm thick copper (Cu) were sputtered in this order onto a 6-inch silicon wafer (manufactured by Fujimi Electronics Co., Ltd., thickness 625±25 μm) using a sputtering device (SME-200E model, manufactured by ULVAC Corporation). Subsequently, the photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated onto this wafer using a coater developer (D-Spin 60A model, manufactured by SOKUDO Corporation) so that the film thickness after curing would be approximately 8 μm, and the composition was pre-baked on a hot plate at 110° C. for 240 seconds to form a coating film on the copper wafer.
The coating was exposed to i-line radiation using a lithography system (Ultratech AP-200, manufactured by Veeco) at a focus of 0 μm, with a dose of 50 mJ/ cm² to 300 mJ/ cm² in 25 mJ/ cm² steps, using a lithography system with a diameter of 9 μm, a diameter of 10 μm, and a diameter of 11 μm. After 30 minutes or more, the coating was subjected to rotary spray development using a coater developer (D-Spin 60A, manufactured by SOKUDO Co., Ltd.) at 23°C using cyclopentanone as the developer for a time period 1.4 times the time required for the unexposed areas to completely dissolve and disappear, followed by a rotary spray rinse with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate for 10 seconds. The coating was then heated for 2 hours in a temperature-programmable curing oven (VF-2000, manufactured by Koyo Lindberg Co., Ltd.) under a nitrogen atmosphere at the temperatures listed in Tables 1 to 4, yielding a cured relief pattern.

 このサンプルの得られた円孔パターンについて、パターン形状及びパターン部の幅を電界放出形走査電子顕微鏡S-4800(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製)で観察し、円孔底部に抉れがなく順テーパーに開口しており、得られた円孔開口部の面積が、対応するパターンマスク開口面積の1/2以上であれば解像されたものとみなし、解像された開口部のうちの露光マスクの最小径を評価結果として示した。 The circular hole pattern obtained from this sample was observed for its pattern shape and width using a field emission scanning electron microscope S-4800 (Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). If the circular hole had no hollows at the bottom, a forward tapered opening, and the area of the resulting circular hole opening was at least half the area of the corresponding pattern mask opening, it was considered to have been resolved, and the smallest diameter of the exposure mask among the resolved openings was shown as the evaluation result.

<製造例>
製造例1:(A)ポリイミド前駆体A1の合成
 3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)147.1gを2L容量のセパラブルフラスコに入れ、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート(HEMA)131.2gとγ-ブチロラクトン(以下GBL)400mLを入れて室温下で攪拌し、攪拌しながらピリジン81.5gを加えて反応混合物を得た。反応による発熱の終了後に反応混合物を室温まで放冷し、16時間放置した。
<Production Example>
Preparation Example 1: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Precursor A1 147.1 g of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) was placed in a 2 L separable flask, followed by the addition of 131.2 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 400 mL of γ-butyrolactone (hereinafter referred to as GBL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. 81.5 g of pyridine was added with stirring to obtain a reaction mixture. After the heat generated by the reaction had ceased, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and left to stand for 16 hours.

 次に、氷冷下において、ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)206.3gをγ-ブチロラクトン200mLに溶解した溶液を攪拌しながら20分掛けて反応混合物に加え、続いて4,4’-オキシジアニリン(ODA)93.0gをγ-ブチロラクトン350mLに懸濁したものを攪拌しながら30分掛けて加えた。更に室温で4時間攪拌した後、エチルアルコール30mLを加えて1時間攪拌し、次に、γ-ブチロラクトン400mLを加えた。反応混合物に生じた沈殿物をろ過により取り除き、反応液を得た。 Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 206.3 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 200 mL of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture over 20 minutes with stirring, followed by a suspension of 93.0 g of 4,4'-oxydianiline (ODA) in 350 mL of γ-butyrolactone, which was added over 30 minutes with stirring. After further stirring at room temperature for 4 hours, 30 mL of ethyl alcohol was added and stirred for 1 hour, and then 400 mL of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate that formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain the reaction solution.

 得られた反応液を3Lのエチルアルコールに加えて粗ポリマーからなる沈殿物を生成した。生成した粗ポリマーを濾別し、テトラヒドロフラン1.5Lに溶解して粗ポリマー溶液を得た。得られた粗ポリマー溶液を28Lの水に滴下してポリマーを沈殿させ、得られた沈殿物を濾別した後、真空乾燥して粉末状のポリマーA1(ポリイミド前駆体A1)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体A1の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は24,000であった。 The resulting reaction solution was added to 3 L of ethyl alcohol to produce a precipitate consisting of a crude polymer. The resulting crude polymer was filtered off and dissolved in 1.5 L of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. The resulting crude polymer solution was added dropwise to 28 L of water to precipitate the polymer, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and then vacuum dried to obtain powdered polymer A1 (polyimide precursor A1). The molecular weight of polyimide precursor A1 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent), and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was found to be 24,000.

製造例2:(A)ポリイミド前駆体A2の合成
 3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)147.1gに代えて、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物(ODPA)155.1gを用いた以外は、前述の製造例1に記載の方法と同様にして反応を行い、ポリマーA2(ポリイミド前駆体A2)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体A2の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は21,000であった。
Production Example 2: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Precursor A2 [0047] Except for using 155.1 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) instead of 147.1 g of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in the above Production Example 1 to obtain a polymer A2 (polyimide precursor A2). The molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A2 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 21,000.

製造例3:(A)ポリイミド前駆体A3の合成
 3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)147.1gに代えて、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物(ODPA)124.0g及び3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)29.4gを用いた以外は、前述の製造例1に記載の方法と同様にして反応を行い、ポリマーA3(ポリイミド前駆体A3)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体A3の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は24,000であった。
Production Example 3: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Precursor A3 [0063] Except for using 124.0 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) and 29.4 g of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) instead of 147.1 g of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in the above Production Example 1 to obtain Polymer A3 (Polyimide Precursor A3). The molecular weight of Polyimide Precursor A3 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 24,000.

製造例4:(A)ポリイミド前駆体A4の合成
 3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)147.1gに代えて、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物(ODPA)155.1gを用い、4,4’-オキシジアニリン(ODA)93.0gに代えて、1,4―フェニレンジアミン(pPD)49.2gを用いた以外は、前述の製造例1に記載の方法と同様にして反応を行い、ポリマーA4(ポリイミド前駆体A4)を得た。ポリイミド前駆体A4の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は21,000であった。
Production Example 4: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Precursor A4 [0063] Except for using 155.1 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) instead of 147.1 g of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) and 49.2 g of 1,4-phenylenediamine (pPD) instead of 93.0 g of 4,4'-oxydianiline (ODA), a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in the above Production Example 1 to obtain Polymer A4 (Polyimide Precursor A4). The molecular weight of Polyimide Precursor A4 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 21,000.

製造例5:(A)ポリイミド前駆体A5の合成
 3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)147.1gに代えて、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物(ODPA)62g及びピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)88.3gを用い、4,4’-オキシジアニリン(ODA)93.0gに代えて、2,2’-ジメチルビフェニル-4,4’-ジアミン(m-TB)98.6gを用いた以外は、前述の製造例1に記載の方法と同様にして反応を行い、ポリマーA5を得た。ポリマーA5(ポリイミド前駆体A5)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は28,000であった。
Production Example 5: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Precursor A5 [0077] Except for using 62 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) and 88.3 g of pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA) instead of 147.1 g of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), and using 98.6 g of 2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4'-diamine (m-TB) instead of 93.0 g of 4,4'-oxydianiline (ODA), a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in the above Production Example 1 to obtain Polymer A5. The molecular weight of Polymer A5 (Polyimide Precursor A5) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 28,000.

製造例6:(A)ポリイミド樹脂A6の合成
 ディーンスターク抽出装置を取り付け、窒素置換した三口フラスコにN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(以下NMP)200gと6-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル-3-アミン(PDPE)33.1g(0.012mol)を加え溶解させ、これに対してビシクロ[2.2.2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物(BCD)24.8g(0.1mol)及びトルエン50.0gを加えて180℃に加熱した。ディーンスターク抽出装置に理論量の水と添加したトルエンが抽出されたことを確認した後、加熱を止め室温まで冷却した。得られた反応液を2000gのイオン交換水に滴下してポリマーを沈殿させ、濾別した後、40℃で真空乾燥して粉末状のポリマーA6(ポリイミド樹脂A6)を得た。ポリイミド樹脂A6の重量平均分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、Mw=14,300であった。
Production Example 6: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Resin A6 [0049] In a nitrogen-purged three-necked flask equipped with a Dean-Stark extractor, 200 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (hereinafter referred to as NMP) and 33.1 g (0.012 mol) of 6-(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl-3-amine (PDPE) were dissolved, and 24.8 g (0.1 mol) of bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BCD) and 50.0 g of toluene were added and heated to 180 °C. After confirming that the theoretical amount of water and the added toluene had been extracted into the Dean-Stark extractor, heating was stopped and the mixture was cooled to room temperature. The resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2000 g of ion-exchanged water to precipitate a polymer, which was then filtered and vacuum-dried at 40 °C to obtain powdered polymer A6 (polyimide resin A6). The weight average molecular weight of Polyimide Resin A6 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) and found to be Mw=14,300.

製造例7:(A)ポリイミド樹脂A7の合成(MOI変性BCD-PDPE)
 ディーンスターク抽出装置を取り付け、窒素置換した三口フラスコにGBL200gとPDPE33.1g(0.12mol)を加え溶解させ、これに対してBCD24.8g(0.1mol)及びトルエン50.0gを加えて180℃に加熱した。ディーンスターク抽出装置に理論量の水と添加したトルエンが抽出されたことを確認した後、加熱を止め室温まで冷却した。
Production Example 7: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Resin A7 (MOI-Modified BCD-PDPE)
A Dean-Stark extractor was attached, and 200 g of GBL and 33.1 g (0.12 mol) of PDPE were added to a nitrogen-purged three-neck flask and dissolved therein, to which 24.8 g (0.1 mol) of BCD and 50.0 g of toluene were added and heated to 180° C. After confirming that the theoretical amount of water and the added toluene had been extracted into the Dean-Stark extractor, heating was stopped and the mixture was cooled to room temperature.

 次に、室温において、2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート(以下MOI)6.2gを加えて、室温で12時間反応させた。得られた反応液を2000gのイオン交換水に滴下してポリマーを沈殿させ、濾別した後、40℃で真空乾燥して粉末状のポリマーA7(ポリイミド樹脂A7)を得た。ポリイミド樹脂A7の重量平均分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、Mw=15,200であった。 Next, 6.2 g of 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (hereinafter referred to as MOI) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was allowed to react for 12 hours at room temperature. The resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2,000 g of ion-exchanged water to precipitate the polymer, which was then filtered and vacuum-dried at 40°C to obtain powdered polymer A7 (polyimide resin A7). The weight-average molecular weight of polyimide resin A7 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) to find Mw = 15,200.

製造例8:(A)ポリイミド樹脂A8の合成
 製造例6のNMPをGBLに変更し、PDPEの添加量を23.0g(0.083mol)に変更、BCDを4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物(6FDA)44.4g(0.1mol)に変更した以外は製造例6と同様にして、ポリマーA8(ポリイミド樹脂A8)を得た。ポリイミド樹脂A8の重量平均分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、Mw=14,000であった。
Production Example 8: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Resin A8 Polymer A8 (polyimide resin A8) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 6, except that NMP in Production Example 6 was changed to GBL, the amount of PDPE added was changed to 23.0 g (0.083 mol), and BCD was changed to 44.4 g (0.1 mol) of 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride (6FDA). The weight average molecular weight of polyimide resin A8 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) to find that Mw was 14,000.

製造例9:(A)ポリイミド樹脂A9の合成
 製造例6のNMPをGBLに変更し、PDPEを9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン(BAFL)30.1g(0.088mol)に変更し、BCDを1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸無水物(CBDA)19.6g(0.1mol)に変更した以外は製造例6と同様にして、ポリマーA9(ポリイミド樹脂A9)を得た。ポリイミド樹脂A9の重量平均分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、Mw=29,000であった。
Production Example 9: (A) Synthesis of Polyimide Resin A9 Polymer A9 (polyimide resin A9) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 6, except that NMP in Production Example 6 was changed to GBL, PDPE was changed to 30.1 g (0.088 mol) of 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene (BAFL), and BCD was changed to 19.6 g (0.1 mol) of 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic anhydride (CBDA). The weight average molecular weight of polyimide resin A9 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene equivalent) to find that Mw was 29,000.

<実施例1>
 ポリイミド前駆体A1及びA2を用いて以下の方法で感光性樹脂組成物を調製し、調製した組成物の評価を行った。(A)ポリイミド前駆体として、ポリマーA1及びA2:製造例1に記載のポリイミド前駆体40g及び製造例2に記載のポリイミド前駆体60g、(B)複素環化合物として、B1:2-アセトアミド-6-ヒドロキシプリン(東京化成工業(株)製)0.5g、(C)光重合開始剤として、C1:1-フェニル-1,2-プロパンジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイル)オキシム(常州強力電子新材料社製)5g、(E)光重合性モノマーとして、E1:NKエステル 4G(新中村化学工業(株)製)5g、(F)熱架橋剤として、F1:ニカラック MX-290((株)三和ケミカル製)1g、(G)シランカップリング剤として、G1:KBM573(信越化学工業(株)製)1g、(K)有機チタン化合物として、K1:オルガチックス TC-750(マツモトファインケミカル(株)製)0.5g、(L)増感剤として、L1:2,2’-(フェニルイミノ)ジエタノール(関東化学(株)製)10gを、(D)溶剤として、D1:γ-ブチロラクトン(以下、GBLと表記、三菱ケミカル(株)製)80gと、溶剤D2:ジメチルスルホキシド(以下、DMSOと表記、東レ・ファインケミカル(株)製)20gとの混合溶媒に溶解した。
 得られた溶液の粘度を、必要量のGBL:DMSO=80:20(質量比)の溶液を加えることによって約40ポイズに調整し、感光性樹脂組成物とした。該組成物を、前述の方法に従って評価した。結果を表1に示す。
Example 1
Photosensitive resin compositions were prepared using the polyimide precursors A1 and A2 by the following method, and the prepared compositions were evaluated. (A) As polyimide precursors, polymers A1 and A2: 40 g of the polyimide precursor described in Production Example 1 and 60 g of the polyimide precursor described in Production Example 2; (B) as heterocyclic compounds, B1: 0.5 g of 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); (C) as photopolymerization initiator, C1: 5 g of 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(O-benzoyl)oxime (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.); (E) as photopolymerizable monomer, E1: 5 g of NK Ester 4G (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.); (F) as thermal crosslinking agent, F1: 1 g of Nikalac MX-290 (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.); (G) as silane coupling agent, G1: 1 g of KBM573 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); (K) as organic titanium compound, K1: Orgatix 0.5 g of TC-750 (manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), 10 g of L1: 2,2′-(phenylimino)diethanol (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a sensitizer (L), and 80 g of D1: γ-butyrolactone (hereinafter referred to as GBL, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) as a solvent and 20 g of solvent D2: dimethyl sulfoxide (hereinafter referred to as DMSO, manufactured by Toray Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.) were dissolved in a mixed solvent.
The viscosity of the resulting solution was adjusted to approximately 40 poise by adding the required amount of a GBL:DMSO solution at a mass ratio of 80:20 to obtain a photosensitive resin composition. The composition was evaluated according to the method described above. The results are shown in Table 1.

<実施例2~51、比較例1~7>
 (D)溶剤以外の成分は表1~表4に示すとおりの配合比で調製し、それ以外は、実施例1と同様に(D)溶剤に溶解し粘度を調整することで感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。そして、表1~表3に示した感光性樹脂組成物では、銅密着性と銅マイグレーション抑制性能を評価した。表4に示した感光性樹脂組成物では、銅密着性と銅マイグレーション抑制性能の評価に加えて、解像性評価を行った。実施例の結果を表1~表4に示す。表1~表4に記載されている化合物(成分(A)~(L))はそれぞれ以下のとおりである。
<Examples 2 to 51 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7>
Photosensitive resin compositions were prepared by dissolving the components other than the (D) solvent in the (D) solvent in the blending ratios shown in Tables 1 to 4, and adjusting the viscosity in the same manner as in Example 1. The photosensitive resin compositions shown in Tables 1 to 3 were evaluated for copper adhesion and copper migration inhibition performance. The photosensitive resin compositions shown in Table 4 were evaluated for copper adhesion and copper migration inhibition performance, as well as for resolution. The results of the examples are shown in Tables 1 to 4. The compounds (components (A) to (L)) listed in Tables 1 to 4 are as follows:

(A)ポリイミド前駆体/ポリイミド樹脂若しくはその比較となるポリマー
A1:製造例1に記載のポリイミド前駆体
A2:製造例2に記載のポリイミド前駆体
A3:製造例3に記載のポリイミド前駆体
A4:製造例4に記載のポリイミド前駆体
A5:製造例5に記載のポリイミド前駆体
A6:製造例6に記載のポリイミド樹脂
A7:製造例7に記載のポリイミド樹脂
A8:製造例8に記載のポリイミド樹脂
A9:製造例9に記載のポリイミド樹脂
A1’:ZCR-1797H(ビフェニル骨格を有するエポキシアクリレートの酸変性物、日本化薬社製)
(A) Polyimide precursor/polyimide resin or comparative polymer A1: Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 1 A2: Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 2 A3: Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 3 A4: Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 4 A5: Polyimide precursor described in Production Example 5 A6: Polyimide resin described in Production Example 6 A7: Polyimide resin described in Production Example 7 A8: Polyimide resin described in Production Example 8 A9: Polyimide resin described in Production Example 9 A1': ZCR-1797H (acid-modified epoxy acrylate having a biphenyl skeleton, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)

(B)複素環化合物
B1:2-アセトアミド-6-ヒドロキシプリン(東京化成工業(株)製)
B2:N-(6-オキソ-6,7-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)イソブチルアミド(富士フィルム和光純薬(株)製)
B3:ガンシクロビル(東京化成工業(株)製)
B4:グアノシン(東京化成工業(株)製)
B5:3’-アミノ-2’,3’-ジデオキシグアノシン(富士フィルム和光純薬(株)製)
B6:ペンシクロビル(東京化成工業(株)製)
B7:N-ピバロイルグアニン(富士フィルム和光純薬(株)製)
B8:2-(2-イソブチルアミド-6-オキソ-1H-プリン-9(6H)-イル)酢酸(Sigma-Aldrich社製)
B9:N-アセチル-ジ-O-アセチルガンシクロビル(東京化成工業(株)製)
B10:N-イソブチリルグアノシン(東京化成工業(株)製)
B11:9-エチルグアニン(Sigma-Aldrich社製)
B12:2-アミノ-9-フェニル-1H-プリン-6(9H)-オン(BLDpharm社製)
B13:N-(6-オキソ-6,9-ジヒドロ-1H-プリン-2-イル)ベンズアミド(BLDpharm社製)
B14:N,9-ジアセチルグアニン(東京化成工業(株)製)
B1’:8-アザアデニン(東京化成工業(株)製)
B2’:5-アミノ-1H-テトラゾール(千代田ケミカル(株)製)
B3’:1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)
B4’:ヒポキサンチン(東京化成工業(株)製)
(B) Heterocyclic Compound B1: 2-acetamido-6-hydroxypurine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B2: N-(6-oxo-6,7-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)isobutyramide (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
B3: Ganciclovir (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B4: Guanosine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B5: 3'-amino-2',3'-dideoxyguanosine (Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
B6: Penciclovir (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B7: N 2 -pivaloylguanine (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
B8: 2-(2-isobutylamido-6-oxo-1H-purin-9(6H)-yl)acetic acid (Sigma-Aldrich)
B9: N-acetyl-di-O-acetylganciclovir (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B10: N 2 -isobutyrylguanosine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B11: 9-ethylguanine (Sigma-Aldrich)
B12: 2-amino-9-phenyl-1H-purin-6(9H)-one (BLDpharm)
B13: N-(6-oxo-6,9-dihydro-1H-purin-2-yl)benzamide (manufactured by BLDpharm)
B14: N 2 ,9-diacetylguanine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B1': 8-Azaadenine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B2': 5-amino-1H-tetrazole (manufactured by Chiyoda Chemical Co., Ltd.)
B3': 1,2,3-benzotriazole (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B4': Hypoxanthine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

(C)光重合開始剤
C1:1-フェニル-1,2-プロパンジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイル)オキシム (常州強力電子新材料社製)
(C) Photopolymerization initiator C1: 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(O-benzoyl)oxime (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.)

(D)溶剤
D1:GBL(三菱ケミカル(株)製)
D2:DMSO(東レ・ファインケミカル(株)製)
(D) Solvent D1: GBL (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)
D2: DMSO (manufactured by Toray Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.)

(E)光重合性モノマー
E1:テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート(商品名 NKエステル 4G、新中村化学工業(株)製) 
E2:トリス-(2-アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート (製品名 NKエステル A-9300 新中村化学工業(株)製)
E3:ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート (製品名 NKエステル A-TMMT 新中村化学工業(株)製)
E4:トリシクロデカンジメタノールジメタクリレート(製品名 NKエステル DCP 新中村化学工業(株)製)
(E) Photopolymerizable monomer E1: tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate (trade name NK Ester 4G, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
E2: Tris-(2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate (product name: NK Ester A-9300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
E3: Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (product name: NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
E4: Tricyclodecane dimethanol dimethacrylate (product name: NK Ester DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)

(F)熱架橋剤
F1:アルキル化尿素樹脂(製品名 ニカラック MX-290 (株)三和ケミカル製)
F2:1,3,4,6-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)グリコールウリル(製品名 ニカラック MX-270 (株)三和ケミカル製)
(F) Thermal crosslinking agent F1: alkylated urea resin (product name: Nikalac MX-290, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.)
F2: 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril (product name: Nikalac MX-270, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.)

(G)シランカップリング剤
G1:N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(製品名 KBM573 信越化学工業(株)製)
G2:(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)-t-ブチルカルバメート(Gelest社製)
G3:2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン(東京化成工業(株)製)
(G) Silane coupling agent G1: N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (product name: KBM573, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
G2: (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate (manufactured by Gelest)
G3: 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

(H)酸成分
H1:(±)-マンデル酸(富士フィルム和光純薬(株)製)
H2:p-トルエンスルホン酸(東京化成工業(株)製)
(H) Acid component H1: (±)-mandelic acid (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
H2: p-toluenesulfonic acid (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

(K)有機チタン化合物
K1:ジイソプロポキシチタンビス(エチルアセテート)(製品名 オルガチックス TC-750 マツモトファインケミカル(株)製)
(K) Organic titanium compound K1: diisopropoxytitanium bis(ethyl acetate) (product name: Orgatix TC-750, manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.)

(L)増感剤
L1:2,2’-(フェニルイミノ)ジエタノール(関東化学(株)製)
(L) Sensitizer L1: 2,2'-(phenylimino)diethanol (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.)

 表1~表3の結果を見ると、本開示の要件を満たさない比較例1~7は、銅密着性と銅マイグレーション性能(b-HAST試験結果)の両方を良好にすることが出来ない。一方で、本開示の請求項1を満たす実施例1~51は、銅密着性と銅マイグレーション抑制性能の両方とも優れた性能を示している。
 比較例2~4及び比較例6と実施例1~14との比較、及び比較例5と実施例40との比較から、本開示の(B)複素環化合物を使用することで、銅密着性が向上し、250℃の高いキュア温度においても良好な銅密着性を示すことが分かる。
 また、比較例1と実施例18~21との比較から、本開示の(B)複素環化合物を使用することで、200℃という低いキュア温度でも銅マイグレーション抑制性能と銅密着性が向上することが分かる。
 更に、比較例7と実施例41との比較から、本開示の(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂を使用することで、銅密着性及び銅マイグレーション抑制性能の両方を向上させている。
Looking at the results in Tables 1 to 3, Comparative Examples 1 to 7, which do not satisfy the requirements of the present disclosure, are unable to improve both copper adhesion and copper migration performance (b-HAST test results). On the other hand, Examples 1 to 51, which satisfy claim 1 of the present disclosure, show excellent performance in both copper adhesion and copper migration suppression performance.
Comparisons of Comparative Examples 2 to 4 and 6 with Examples 1 to 14, and comparisons of Comparative Example 5 with Example 40 show that use of the heterocyclic compound (B) of the present disclosure improves copper adhesion, and good copper adhesion is exhibited even at a high cure temperature of 250°C.
Furthermore, a comparison of Comparative Example 1 with Examples 18 to 21 shows that the use of the heterocyclic compound (B) of the present disclosure improves copper migration suppression performance and copper adhesion even at a low curing temperature of 200°C.
Furthermore, a comparison between Comparative Example 7 and Example 41 shows that the use of the (A) polyimide precursor and/or polyimide resin of the present disclosure improves both copper adhesion and copper migration suppression performance.

 続いて実施例を見ると、実施例1~9及び、14と実施例10~13との比較から、本開示の(B)複素環化合物として一般式(3)~(5)の構造を有するものが、一般式(1)又は(2)の構造を有するものよりも、銅密着性の観点から好ましいことが分かる。 理由は定かではなく、理論に限定されないが、(B)複素環化合物が有する水酸基やカルボニル基が銅との相互作用を強くしていると推測される。
 実施例1及び15~17は、(B)複素環化合物の含有量が異なる組成だが、上記含有量が0.01~10質量部の範囲である実施例1及び16は、より銅密着性又は銅マイグレーション抑制性能に優れている。
 理由は定かではなく、理論に限定されないが、(B)複素環化合物の含有量を10質量部以下とすることで、感光性樹脂層中のイオン成分が必要以上に増加せず、銅マイグレーション抑制能も良好となると推測される。
Next, looking at the Examples, a comparison of Examples 1 to 9 and 14 with Examples 10 to 13 reveals that (B) heterocyclic compounds of the present disclosure having structures of general formulas (3) to (5) are more preferable in terms of copper adhesion than those having structures of general formulas (1) or (2). The reason for this is unclear and is not limited by theory, but it is presumed that the hydroxyl groups and carbonyl groups of the (B) heterocyclic compounds strengthen the interaction with copper.
Examples 1 and 15 to 17 have compositions with different contents of the heterocyclic compound (B). Examples 1 and 16, in which the content is in the range of 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, are superior in copper adhesion or copper migration suppression performance.
The reason for this is unclear and is not limited by theory, but it is speculated that by setting the content of the (B) heterocyclic compound to 10 parts by mass or less, the ionic components in the photosensitive resin layer do not increase more than necessary, and the copper migration suppression ability is also improved.

 実施例36~39はポリイミド樹脂を使用した実施例だが、実施例36、37及び、39で使用した(A)ポリイミド樹脂はフッ素を含まないため、フッ素を含む(A)ポリイミド樹脂を使用した実施例38と比較して、銅マイグレーション抑制性能が良好であることが分かる。 Examples 36 to 39 use polyimide resin, but the (A) polyimide resin used in Examples 36, 37, and 39 does not contain fluorine, and therefore demonstrate better copper migration suppression performance than Example 38, which uses (A) polyimide resin that contains fluorine.

 表4の実施例50と実施例51とを比較すると、(E)光重合性モノマーを含有することで、最小開孔が小さくなり、解像性が改善している。(E)光重合性モノマーを使用すると、感光性樹脂組成物の架橋が進むことで解像性が良好になっていると推測される。 Comparing Example 50 and Example 51 in Table 4, the inclusion of (E) photopolymerizable monomer reduces the minimum opening size and improves resolution. It is presumed that the use of (E) photopolymerizable monomer promotes crosslinking of the photosensitive resin composition, thereby improving resolution.

 実施例1と実施例49との比較から、(F)熱架橋剤を含有することで、銅密着性及び銅マイグレーション抑制性能を向上させることが分かる。また、実施例1と、実施例43~45とを比較すると、(G)シランカップリング剤を含有することで銅密着性が改善することが分かる。更に、実施例46~48の比較から、(H)酸成分を含有することで、銅マイグレーション抑制能が良好であることが分かる。 A comparison of Example 1 with Example 49 shows that the inclusion of the thermal crosslinking agent (F) improves copper adhesion and copper migration suppression performance. Furthermore, a comparison of Example 1 with Examples 43 to 45 shows that the inclusion of the silane coupling agent (G) improves copper adhesion. Furthermore, a comparison of Examples 46 to 48 shows that the inclusion of the acid component (H) provides good copper migration suppression performance.

 本開示による感光性樹脂組成物を用いることで、高温キュア時にも銅密着性に優れ、かつb-HAST試験における銅マイグレーションが少ない硬化レリーフパターンを得ることができる。本開示の感光性樹脂組成物は、例えば半導体装置、多層配線基板等の電気・電子材料の製造に有用な感光性材料の分野で好適に利用できる。より具体的には、例えば、電子部品の絶縁材料、並びに半導体装置におけるパッシベーション膜、バッファーコート膜及び層間絶縁膜等のレリーフパターンの形成等に用いることができる。 By using the photosensitive resin composition according to the present disclosure, it is possible to obtain a cured relief pattern that exhibits excellent copper adhesion even when cured at high temperatures and exhibits minimal copper migration in the b-HAST test. The photosensitive resin composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used in the field of photosensitive materials that are useful in the manufacture of electrical and electronic materials such as semiconductor devices and multilayer wiring boards. More specifically, it can be used, for example, to form relief patterns for insulating materials for electronic components, as well as passivation films, buffer coating films, and interlayer insulating films in semiconductor devices.

Claims (17)

 以下の成分:
(A)ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリイミド樹脂
(B)複素環化合物
(C)光重合開始剤
を含む感光性樹脂組成物であって、
 前記(B)複素環化合物が、
(b1)下記一般式(1):
{式中、Rは、有機基であり、Rは、水素原子又は有機基である。}で表される化合物、又は
(b2)下記一般式(2):
{式中、Rは、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}で表される化合物を含む、感光性樹脂組成物。
Ingredients:
A photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) a polyimide precursor and/or a polyimide resin; (B) a heterocyclic compound; and (C) a photopolymerization initiator,
The heterocyclic compound (B) is
(b1) The following general formula (1):
{wherein R 1 is an organic group, and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an organic group.}, or (b2) a compound represented by the following general formula (2):
{wherein R3 is an organic group having at least one carbonyl group.}.
 前記(b1)化合物が、下記一般式(3):
{式中、Rは、炭素数1~10の、水酸基又はカルボニル基を少なくとも1つ以上有する有機基である。}で表される化合物、又は下記一般式(4):
{式中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10の、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}
で表される化合物であり、
 前記(b2)化合物が、下記一般式(5):
{式中、Rは、炭素数1~6の、少なくともカルボニル基を1つ以上有する有機基である。}
で表される化合物である請求項1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
The compound (b1) is represented by the following general formula (3):
{wherein R 4 is an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having at least one hydroxyl group or carbonyl group.}, or a compound represented by the following general formula (4):
{In the formula, R5 and R6 each independently represent an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and at least one carbonyl group.}
is a compound represented by
The compound (b2) is represented by the following general formula (5):
{In the formula, R7 is an organic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbonyl group.}
2. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by the formula:
 前記感光性樹脂組成物が前記ポリイミド前駆体を含み、前記ポリイミド前駆体が、下記一般式(6):
{式中、Xは四価の有機基であり、Yは二価の有機基であり、nは2~150の整数であり、そしてR及びR10はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は一価の有機基である。}
で表される、かつ/又は、前記感光性樹脂組成物が前記ポリイミド樹脂を含み、
 前記ポリイミド樹脂が、下記一般式(7):
{式中、Xは四価の有機基であり、Yは二価の有機基であり、nは2~150の整数である。}
で表される構造単位を有する、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
The photosensitive resin composition contains the polyimide precursor, and the polyimide precursor is represented by the following general formula (6):
{In the formula, X1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y1 is a divalent organic group, n1 is an integer from 2 to 150, and R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.}
and/or the photosensitive resin composition contains the polyimide resin,
The polyimide resin is represented by the following general formula (7):
{In the formula, X2 is a tetravalent organic group, Y2 is a divalent organic group, and n2 is an integer from 2 to 150.}
The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, which has a structural unit represented by the following formula:
 上記一般式(6)において、R及びR10の少なくとも一方が、下記一般式(8):
{式中、L、L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3の一価の有機基であり、そしてmは、2~10の整数である。}
で表される構造単位を有する、請求項3に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
In the above general formula (6), at least one of R 9 and R 10 is a group represented by the following general formula (8):
{In the formula, L 1 , L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m 1 represents an integer of 2 to 10.}
The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 3 , which has a structural unit represented by the following formula:
 前記(C)光重合開始剤が、光ラジカル重合開始剤である、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the (C) photopolymerization initiator is a photoradical polymerization initiator.  前記光ラジカル重合開始剤が、オキシム開始剤である、請求項5に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 5, wherein the photoradical polymerization initiator is an oxime initiator.  前記(A)成分100質量部に対する前記(B)成分の含有量が0.01~10質量部である、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of component (B) is 0.01 to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of component (A).  (D)溶剤を更に含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising (D) a solvent.  (E)光重合性モノマーを更に含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising (E) a photopolymerizable monomer.  (F)熱架橋剤を更に含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising (F) a thermal crosslinking agent.  (G)シランカップリング剤を更に含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising (G) a silane coupling agent.  (H)酸成分を含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, which contains (H) an acid component.  前記感光性樹脂組成物は、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜、再配線用絶縁膜、フリップチップ装置用保護膜、又はバンプ構造を有する半導体装置の保護膜を形成するための感光性樹脂組成物である、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the photosensitive resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition for forming a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip-chip device, or a protective film for a semiconductor device having a bump structure.  以下の工程:
 (1)請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を前記基板上に形成する工程と、
 (2)前記感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、
 (3)前記露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
 (4)前記レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程と
を含む、硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法。
The following steps:
(1) applying the photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2 onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate;
(2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light;
(3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern;
(4) A method for producing a cured relief pattern, comprising the step of: heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
 前記工程(4)の加熱処理は、170℃以上350℃以下の加熱処理である、請求項14に記載の硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法。 The method for producing a cured relief pattern according to claim 14, wherein the heat treatment in step (4) is a heat treatment at 170°C or higher and 350°C or lower.  請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、硬化膜。 A cured film comprising a cured product of the photosensitive resin composition described in claim 1 or 2.  請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化することを含む、ポリイミド膜の製造方法。 A method for producing a polyimide film, comprising curing the photosensitive resin composition described in claim 1 or 2.
PCT/JP2025/015757 2024-04-26 2025-04-23 Photosensitive resin composition, and cured relief pattern production method, cured film, and polyimide film production method using photosensitive resin composition Pending WO2025225661A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024073166 2024-04-26
JP2024-073166 2024-04-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025225661A1 true WO2025225661A1 (en) 2025-10-30

Family

ID=97490476

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2025/015757 Pending WO2025225661A1 (en) 2024-04-26 2025-04-23 Photosensitive resin composition, and cured relief pattern production method, cured film, and polyimide film production method using photosensitive resin composition

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025225661A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008256741A (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-23 Fujifilm Corp Planographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate preparation method and lithographic printing method
JP5673890B1 (en) * 2013-03-29 2015-02-18 東レ株式会社 Conductive paste and conductive pattern manufacturing method
JP2018507261A (en) * 2015-03-06 2018-03-15 アテア ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Β-D-2'-deoxy-2'-α-fluoro-2'-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
WO2020004114A1 (en) * 2018-06-27 2020-01-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008256741A (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-23 Fujifilm Corp Planographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate preparation method and lithographic printing method
JP5673890B1 (en) * 2013-03-29 2015-02-18 東レ株式会社 Conductive paste and conductive pattern manufacturing method
JP2018507261A (en) * 2015-03-06 2018-03-15 アテア ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Β-D-2'-deoxy-2'-α-fluoro-2'-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
WO2020004114A1 (en) * 2018-06-27 2020-01-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7590394B2 (en) Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using the same
JP6644113B2 (en) Method for producing photosensitive resin composition and cured relief pattern
KR102697029B1 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for producing polyimide, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
JP7604571B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP6190805B2 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
TWI743478B (en) Negative resin composition and method for producing cured film
JP7393491B2 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition and method for producing the same, and method for producing a cured relief pattern
JP7542102B2 (en) Negative-type photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
TWI769680B (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition and method for producing hardened relief pattern
JP7592393B2 (en) Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, method for producing polyimide, and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP7751712B2 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using the same
JP7540891B2 (en) Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using the same
JP2023158657A (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition and method for producing the same, and method for producing a cured relief pattern
WO2024090486A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
WO2025225661A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, and cured relief pattern production method, cured film, and polyimide film production method using photosensitive resin composition
JP2025168318A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern using the same, and method for producing cured film and polyimide film
WO2024095927A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern using same, and method for producing polyimide film using same
TWI890048B (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing hardened relief pattern
WO2025225649A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and production method for cured relief pattern, cured film, and production method for polyimide film using same
JP7488659B2 (en) Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using the same
JP7445443B2 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition and method for producing the same, and method for producing a cured relief pattern
JP2024164833A (en) Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern using the same, cured film, and interlayer insulating film
TW202413469A (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing hardened relief pattern
JP2023153029A (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP2024157563A (en) Photosensitive resin composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25794491

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1